Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 259

M900/M1800

Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Contents

Contents
1 Overview......................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Basic Concepts Related to Performance Measurement .................................................................................1-2
1.1.1 Statistics Item.......................................................................................................................................1-2
1.1.2 Measurement Time...............................................................................................................................1-2
1.1.3 Measurement Object ............................................................................................................................1-2
1.1.4 Status of Performance Measurement Task ...........................................................................................1-3
1.1.5 Measure Type.......................................................................................................................................1-3
1.1.6 Measuring Point ...................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Functional Characteristics of Performance Measurement.............................................................................1-3
1.2.1 Creating Performance Measurement Task ...........................................................................................1-3
1.2.2 Collecting and Processing Performance Measurement Result.............................................................1-3
1.2.3 Querying the Status of Performance Measurement Task .....................................................................1-4
1.2.4 Querying the Result of Performance Measurement Task.....................................................................1-4
1.2.5 Performance Measurement Data Backup.............................................................................................1-4
1.2.6 Deleting Performance Measurement Task ...........................................................................................1-4
1.2.7 Deleting Performance Measurement Result.........................................................................................1-4

2 Performance Measurement Operations .................................................................................2-1


2.1 Setting Performance Measurement Task .......................................................................................................2-2
2.1.1 Creating Performance Measurement Task ...........................................................................................2-2
2.1.2 Deleting Performance Measurement Task .........................................................................................2-10
2.1.3 Modifying Performance Measurement Task Name............................................................................2-10
2.2 Querying Performance Measurement Task ................................................................................................. 2-11
2.2.1 Querying Information and Status of Performance Measurement Task............................................... 2-11
2.2.2 Querying Statistical Result of Performance Measurement Task ........................................................2-12
2.3 Setting Performance Measurement Template..............................................................................................2-15
2.3.1 Creating Item Template......................................................................................................................2-16
2.3.2 Creating Time Template.....................................................................................................................2-17
2.3.3 Creating Object Template ..................................................................................................................2-17

3 M2000 Performance Measurement .........................................................................................3-1


3.1 Performance Measurement Objects...............................................................................................................3-2
3.1.1 Hierarchy of Performance Measurement Objects ................................................................................3-2

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Contents

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
3.1.2 Hierarchy of Performance Measurement Counters ..............................................................................3-2
3.1.3 Type of Performance Measurement Counters ......................................................................................3-3

3.2 Measurement Results Query .........................................................................................................................3-3


3.2.1 Setting up a Real-Time Measurement Query Task............................................................................. 3-11
3.2.2 Querying Through Templates............................................................................................................. 3-11
3.2.3 Displaying the Query Results ............................................................................................................3-12
3.3 Template Management Query .....................................................................................................................3-15
3.3.1 Creating a Query Template ................................................................................................................3-15
3.3.2 Modifying a Query Template .............................................................................................................3-16
3.3.3 Viewing a Query Template.................................................................................................................3-17
3.3.4 Deleting a Query Template ................................................................................................................3-17
3.3.5 Managing the Sub-Catalog.................................................................................................................3-17
3.4 Measurement Maintenance .........................................................................................................................3-20
3.4.1 Querying the Measurement Counters and Objects.............................................................................3-20
3.4.2 Querying Missing Measurement Results ...........................................................................................3-21
3.4.3 Synchronizing Measurement Results.................................................................................................3-22
3.4.4 Subscribing to Measurement Results .................................................................................................3-23
3.4.5 Querying the Reliability of Measurement Results .............................................................................3-24
3.4.6 Suspending NE Measurement ............................................................................................................3-25
3.4.7 Recovering NE Measurement ............................................................................................................3-25
3.5 Real-Time Measurement Maintenance........................................................................................................3-25
3.6 Threshold Management...............................................................................................................................3-26
3.6.1 Adding Thresholds .............................................................................................................................3-26
3.6.2 Modifying Thresholds........................................................................................................................3-28
3.6.3 Deleting Thresholds ...........................................................................................................................3-29
3.6.4 Suspending Thresholds ......................................................................................................................3-29
3.6.5 Activating Thresholds ........................................................................................................................3-29
3.7 Customer Counter Management..................................................................................................................3-29
3.7.1 Creating a User-Defined Counter.......................................................................................................3-30
3.7.2 Modifying a User-Defined Counter ...................................................................................................3-32
3.7.3 Deleting a User-Defined Counter.......................................................................................................3-32
3.7.4 Importing a User-Defined Counter ....................................................................................................3-32
3.7.5 Exporting a User-Defined Counter ....................................................................................................3-33
3.7.6 Showing or Hiding a User-Defined Counter......................................................................................3-33
3.7.7 Editing the Formula for the User-Defined Counter............................................................................3-33

4 Performance Measurement Tasks...........................................................................................4-1


4.1 Instructions of Performance Measurement Task ...........................................................................................4-2
4.1.1 Classification of Performance Measurement Items..............................................................................4-2
4.2 CPU Performance Measurement ...................................................................................................................4-3
4.2.1 Average CPU Occupancy (%)..............................................................................................................4-3
4.2.2 Maximum CPU Occupancy (%) ..........................................................................................................4-4

ii

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Contents

4.3 BSC Overall Performance Measurement ......................................................................................................4-4


4.3.1 Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts .................................................................................4-5
4.3.2 Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment ..............................................................................4-6
4.3.3 Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release .............................................................................................4-6
4.3.4 Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts ............................................................................4-6
4.3.5 Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment..........................................................................4-6
4.3.6 Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release.........................................................................................4-6
4.3.7 Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent ...........................................................................................4-6
4.3.8 Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent ...............................................................................................4-6
4.3.9 Total Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received ..............................................................................4-7
4.3.10 Total Bytes of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received ................................................................................4-7
4.3.11 Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent ...........................................................................................4-7
4.3.12 Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent...........................................................................................4-7
4.3.13 Mean Number of Available PDCHs ...................................................................................................4-7
4.3.14 Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs...................................................................................................4-7
4.4 NS Performance Measurement......................................................................................................................4-7
4.4.1 NS Transmission Performance Measurement ......................................................................................4-7
4.5 BSSGP Performance Measurement.............................................................................................................4-18
4.5.1 BSSGP Performance Measurement ...................................................................................................4-18
4.6 G-Abis Interface Performance Measurement ..............................................................................................4-21
4.6.1 TRAU Link Measurement..................................................................................................................4-21
4.7 Pb Interface Performance Measurement .....................................................................................................4-25
4.7.1 LAPD Link Measurement..................................................................................................................4-25
4.8 Cell Performance Measurement ..................................................................................................................4-36
4.8.1 Packet Access Performance Measurement on CCCH ........................................................................4-37
4.8.2 Packet Access Performance Measurement on PCCCH ......................................................................4-40
4.8.3 Packet Access Performance Measurement on PACCH ......................................................................4-41
4.8.4 Rate of Successful Packet Assignment ..............................................................................................4-43
4.8.5 Paging Request Measurement ............................................................................................................4-56
4.8.6 Uplink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement.............................................................................4-63
4.8.7 Downlink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement........................................................................4-78
4.8.8 Uplink LLC Data Transmission Measurement...................................................................................4-91
4.8.9 Downlink LLC Data Transmission Measurement..............................................................................4-94
4.8.10 Uplink RLC Data Transmission Measurement ................................................................................4-99
4.8.11 Downlink RLC Data Transmission Measurement..........................................................................4-106
4.8.12 Cell Radio Channel Performance Measurement ............................................................................ 4-112
4.8.13 Resource Maintenance Performance Measurement ....................................................................... 4-117
4.8.14 PDCH Resource Performance Measurement .................................................................................4-122
4.8.15 PDCH Extremum Value Measurement ..........................................................................................4-129
4.8.16 Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release Measurement ...........................................................4-130
4.8.17 Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release Measurement ......................................................4-133
4.8.18 Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement .................................................................4-136

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

iii

Contents

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
4.8.19 Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement ............................................................4-138
4.8.20 EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement........................................................4-141
4.8.21 EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement ..........................................................4-143
4.8.22 Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement .........................................4-147
4.8.23 Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement ...........................................4-150
4.8.24 Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement ....................................4-152
4.8.25 Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement ......................................4-155

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis...............................................................................5-1


5.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................5-2
5.2 Preparation for the Traffic statistics Analysis................................................................................................5-2
5.2.1 Traffic Statistics Register Items ...........................................................................................................5-2
5.2.2 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................5-5
5.3 Overall Idea for Traffic Statistics Analysis....................................................................................................5-5

6 BSC-level Traffic Statistics Analysis......................................................................................6-1


6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface ...........................................................................................6-2
6.2 Analyzing the BSC Overall Performance......................................................................................................6-3
6.2.1 Analyzing the Network Congestion Rate .............................................................................................6-3
6.2.2 Analyzing the Network Call-drop Rate................................................................................................6-3
6.3 Analyzing the Data of PDCH ........................................................................................................................6-4

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis ......................................................................................7-1


7.1 Analyzing the Quality of the Transmission Link of Cell...............................................................................7-2
7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface .................................................................................................................7-2
7.1.2 Analyzing the G-Abis Interface ...........................................................................................................7-4
7.2 Analyzing the Congestion .............................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Definition .............................................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.2 Analyzing the Congestion Rate............................................................................................................7-5
7.3 Analyzing the Call-drop Rate ........................................................................................................................7-9
7.3.1 Items to Be Analyzed ...........................................................................................................................7-9
7.3.2 Analyzing Call-drop Rate.....................................................................................................................7-9
7.4 Analyzing Cell Traffic................................................................................................................................. 7-11
7.4.1 Measuring the Traffic of LLC Layer.................................................................................................. 7-11
7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer ....................................................................................... 7-11
7.4.3 Measuring the MS Behaviors.............................................................................................................7-13

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network ........................................................8-1

iv

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Figures

Figures
Figure 2-1 Creating new performance measurement task ..................................................................................2-2
Figure 2-2 Time definition interface...................................................................................................................2-6
Figure 2-3 Object definition interface ................................................................................................................2-8
Figure 2-4 Successful task registration interface................................................................................................2-9
Figure 2-5 Task details ..................................................................................................................................... 2-11
Figure 2-6 Interface for viewing task status .....................................................................................................2-12
Figure 2-7 Result time definition interface.......................................................................................................2-13
Figure 2-8 Task result interface ........................................................................................................................2-14
Figure 2-9 Interface of details ..........................................................................................................................2-14
Figure 2-10 Data chart interface.......................................................................................................................2-15
Figure 2-11 Item template setting.....................................................................................................................2-16
Figure 3-1 Hierarchy of performance measurement counters ............................................................................3-3
Figure 3-2 Query Result .....................................................................................................................................3-4
Figure 3-3 Query ................................................................................................................................................3-4
Figure 3-4 Object Selection................................................................................................................................3-5
Figure 3-5 Counter Selection..............................................................................................................................3-8
Figure 3-6 Other Setting.....................................................................................................................................3-9
Figure 3-7 Set Counter Filter Conditions .........................................................................................................3-10
Figure 3-8 Querying Through Templates .........................................................................................................3-12
Figure 3-9 Displaying query results in table.....................................................................................................3-13
Figure 3-10 Displaying query Results in line chart ..........................................................................................3-14
Figure 3-11 Displaying query results in bar chart ............................................................................................3-15
Figure 3-12 Saving the template.......................................................................................................................3-16
Figure 3-13 Modifying template attributes.......................................................................................................3-17
Figure 3-14 Creating Dir menu option .............................................................................................................3-18
Figure 3-15 Typing the name of the newly created sub-catalog .......................................................................3-19

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Figures

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Figure 3-16 Measure Management...................................................................................................................3-20


Figure 3-17 Please Select Time Segment .........................................................................................................3-21
Figure 3-18 Missing Result Inquiry (1)............................................................................................................3-22
Figure 3-19 Missing Result Inquiry (2)............................................................................................................3-22
Figure 3-20 Newly reported measurement results............................................................................................3-23
Figure 3-21 Result reliability (100%)...............................................................................................................3-24
Figure 3-22 Result reliability (lower than 100%).............................................................................................3-24
Figure 3-23 Unreliable Result Info...................................................................................................................3-25
Figure 3-24 Threshold Setting..........................................................................................................................3-26
Figure 3-25 Add Threshold ..............................................................................................................................3-27
Figure 3-26 Modify Threshold .........................................................................................................................3-28
Figure 3-27 Customer Counter Management ...................................................................................................3-30
Figure 3-28 Add User Defined Counter ...........................................................................................................3-31
Figure 4-1 NSVC reset procedure originated by PCU ..................................................................................... 4-11
Figure 4-2 NSVC reset procedure originated by SGSN ...................................................................................4-13
Figure 4-3 NSVC block procedure originated by PCU ....................................................................................4-14
Figure 4-4 NSVC block procedure originated by SGSN..................................................................................4-15
Figure 4-5 NSVC unblock procedure originated by PCU ................................................................................4-16
Figure 4-6 NSVC unblock procedure originated by SGSN..............................................................................4-17
Figure 4-7 FLUSH_LL PDUs received by BSSGP sublayer............................................................................4-19
Figure 4-8 SUSPEND PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer......................................................................................4-20
Figure 4-9 RESUME PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer .......................................................................................4-20
Figure 4-10 RADIO STATUS PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer..........................................................................4-21
Figure 4-11 Normal burst frames received from G-Abis interface...................................................................4-22
Figure 4-12 Out-of-Synchronization frames received from G-Abis interface..................................................4-23
Figure 4-13 Check error frames received from G-Abis interface.....................................................................4-24
Figure 4-14 Valid TRAU frames sent to G-Abis interface ...............................................................................4-24
Figure 4-15 Empty TRAU frames sent to G-Abis interface .............................................................................4-25
Figure 4-16 Send the SABM frame to request link establishment by PCU......................................................4-27
Figure 4-17 Send the SABM frame to request link establishment by BSC......................................................4-28
Figure 4-18 Send the UA frame to acknowledge link establishment by PCU..................................................4-28
Figure 4-19 Send the UA frame to acknowledge link establishment by BSC ..................................................4-29
Figure 4-20 REJ frame sent by PCU to request retransmission LAPD frame ..................................................4-30

vi

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Figures

Figure 4-21 REJ frame sent by BSC to request retransmission LAPD frame ..................................................4-31
Figure 4-22 REJ frame received and Information frame retransmitted ............................................................4-33
Figure 4-23 Channel Request message received on CCCH .............................................................................4-38
Figure 4-24 One phase access requests received on RACH.............................................................................4-39
Figure 4-25 Single block channel requests received on RACH .......................................................................4-39
Figure 4-26 Channel Request message received on PCCCH ...........................................................................4-41
Figure 4-27 Two phase packet access...............................................................................................................4-42
Figure 4-28 Establish uplink TBF in downlink TBF........................................................................................4-43
Figure 4-29 Immediate assignment ..................................................................................................................4-44
Figure 4-30 Uplink assignment on PACCH .....................................................................................................4-45
Figure 4-31 Uplink assignment on PCCCH .....................................................................................................4-45
Figure 4-32 Uplink data block received ...........................................................................................................4-46
Figure 4-33 Packet resource request or measurement report received .............................................................4-47
Figure 4-34 Uplink immediate assignment ......................................................................................................4-48
Figure 4-35 Single block immediate assignment..............................................................................................4-49
Figure 4-36 Successful uplink assignment on PACCH ....................................................................................4-50
Figure 4-37 Downlink immediate assignments ................................................................................................4-51
Figure 4-38 Downlink assignments on PACCH ...............................................................................................4-52
Figure 4-39 Successful Downlink immediate assignments ..............................................................................4-53
Figure 4-40 Successful Downlink assignments on PACCH .............................................................................4-53
Figure 4-41 Packet paging requests received ...................................................................................................4-57
Figure 4-42 Circuit paging requests received...................................................................................................4-57
Figure 4-43 Packet paging request sent............................................................................................................4-58
Figure 4-44 Circuit paging request sent ...........................................................................................................4-59
Figure 4-45 Packet paging requests sent on PCH.............................................................................................4-59
Figure 4-46 Packet paging requests sent on PPCH ..........................................................................................4-60
Figure 4-47 Circuit paging requests sent on PCH ............................................................................................4-61
Figure 4-48 Circuit paging requests sent on PPCH ..........................................................................................4-61
Figure 4-49 Number of discarded paging messages in PPCH..........................................................................4-62
Figure 4-50 Circuit paging requests sent on PACCH .......................................................................................4-63
Figure 4-51 Uplink TBF establishment attempt using one phase access..........................................................4-64
Figure 4-52 Uplink TBF establishment attempt using single block .................................................................4-65
Figure 4-53 Uplink TBF Establishment attempt during a downlink TBF ........................................................4-65

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

vii

Figures

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Figure 4-54 Successful uplink TBF establishment using one phase access......................................................4-67
Figure 4-55 Successful uplink TBF establishment using single block .............................................................4-67
Figure 4-56 Successful uplink TBF establishment on PACCH ........................................................................4-68
Figure 4-57 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel using one phase access ..............................4-69
Figure 4-58 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel using single block......................................4-69
Figure 4-59 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel on PACCH.................................................4-70
Figure 4-60 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response using one phase access......................4-71
Figure 4-61 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response using single blocks ............................4-71
Figure 4-62 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response on PACCH.........................................4-72
Figure 4-63 Uplink TBF normal release...........................................................................................................4-73
Figure 4-64 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3101 overflow .................................................................4-73
Figure 4-65 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3103overflow ..................................................................4-74
Figure 4-66 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to SUSPEND .........................................................................4-75
Figure 4-67 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to FLUSH...............................................................................4-76
Figure 4-68 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to no channel..........................................................................4-77
Figure 4-69 Downlink TBF establishment attempt on CCCH..........................................................................4-79
Figure 4-70 Establishment of Downlink TBF on PACCH ...............................................................................4-80
Figure 4-71 Successful establishment of Downlink TBF on CCCH ................................................................4-81
Figure 4-72 Successful establishment of Downlink TBF on PACCH ..............................................................4-82
Figure 4-73 Downlink TBF establishment failures due to no channel .............................................................4-83
Figure 4-74 Downlink TBF establishment failure initiated on CCCH due to MS no response........................4-84
Figure 4-75 Downlink TBF establishment failure initiated on PACCH due to MS no response......................4-84
Figure 4-76 Downlink TBF normal release......................................................................................................4-86
Figure 4-77 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to N3105 overflow ............................................................4-87
Figure 4-78 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to SUSPEND.....................................................................4-88
Figure 4-79 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to FLUSH..........................................................................4-89
Figure 4-80 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to no channel.....................................................................4-90
Figure 4-81 Uplink TBF established successfully............................................................................................4-92
Figure 4-82 A Uplink LLC PDU sent to Gb interface ......................................................................................4-93
Figure 4-83 A Downlink LLC PDU received from Gb interface......................................................................4-95
Figure 4-84 Network receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message..........................................4-96
Figure 4-85 Downlink LLC_PDUs discarded due to time-out.........................................................................4-97
Figure 4-86 Downlink LLC_PDUs discarded due to FLUSH_LL received.....................................................4-98

viii

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Figures

Figure 4-87 Uplink GPRS TBF data transfer with CS upgrades ....................................................................4-104
Figure 4-88 Uplink GPRS TBF data transfer with CS demotions..................................................................4-104
Figure 4-89 Uplink TBF with RLC control block with PAKCET UPLINK ACK/NACK message...............4-105
Figure 4-90 Downlink RLC data blocks with CS-1 CS type transmission.....................................................4-108
Figure 4-91 Downlink RLC data blocks transmission ...................................................................................4-109
Figure 4-92 Downlink TBF with RLC control block with PAKCET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message .. 4-110
Figure 4-93 Downlink RLC dummy block transmission................................................................................ 4-111
Figure 4-94 RLC data blocks in use on PDCH............................................................................................... 4-113
Figure 4-95 BSC-originated cell reset ............................................................................................................ 4-118
Figure 4-96 BSC-originated cell blocking...................................................................................................... 4-119
Figure 4-97 BSC-originated cell unblocking.................................................................................................. 4-119
Figure 4-98 Gb-originated cell blocking ........................................................................................................4-120
Figure 4-99 Gb-originated cell unblocking ....................................................................................................4-121
Figure 4-100 BSC-originated channel blocking .............................................................................................4-121
Figure 4-101 BSC-originated channel unblocking .........................................................................................4-122
Figure 4-102 Attempts at converting TCH to PDTCH ...................................................................................4-124
Figure 4-103 Successful conversions from TCH to PDTCH..........................................................................4-125
Figure 4-104 Dynamic PDCHs reclaimed by BSC ........................................................................................4-126
Figure 4-105 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK with GMSK_MEAN_BEP ..............................4-142
Figure 4-106 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK with 8PSK_MEAN_BEP ................................4-144
Figure 4-107 Downlink RLC data blocks with CS-1 CS type transmission...................................................4-153
Figure 4-108 Downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks transmission ....................................................................4-154
Figure 5-1 Traffic statistics analysis flow...........................................................................................................5-7
Figure 7-1 High congestion rate .........................................................................................................................7-6
Figure 7-2 PS call-drop rate .............................................................................................................................7-10

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

ix

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Tables

Tables
Table 2-1 Description on statistics item page of new task register interface ......................................................2-3
Table 2-2 Description on statistics function type and the corresponding measure type .....................................2-3
Table 2-3 Description on statistics item setting interface ...................................................................................2-5
Table 2-4 Description on each domain in the time definition interface ..............................................................2-6
Table 2-5 Statistics function type and its corresponding measurement object....................................................2-8
Table 2-6 Description of task registration response information ......................................................................2-10
Table 3-1 Measurement function sets and relevant measurement units..............................................................3-5
Table 3-2 Measurement function sets and relevant measurement objects ..........................................................3-7
Table 3-3 Description of the parameters.............................................................................................................3-9
Table 3-4 Description of filter conditions......................................................................................................... 3-11
Table 3-5 Parameters in Counter Info...............................................................................................................3-20
Table 3-6 Parameters in Object Info .................................................................................................................3-21
Table 3-7 Threshold Parameters .......................................................................................................................3-27
Table 3-8 Description of the parameters in the Add User Defined Counter dialog box ...................................3-31
Table 4-1 CPU performance Measurement.........................................................................................................4-3
Table 4-2 BSC over performance measurement .................................................................................................4-4
Table 4-3 NS transmission performance measurement.......................................................................................4-8
Table 4-4 BSSGP performance measurement...................................................................................................4-18
Table 4-5 TRAU link measurement..................................................................................................................4-21
Table 4-6 LAPD link measurement ..................................................................................................................4-25
Table 4-7 Cell performance measurement ........................................................................................................4-36
Table 4-8 Packet access performance measurement on CCCH ........................................................................4-37
Table 4-9 Packet access performance measurement on PCCCH ......................................................................4-40
Table 4-10 .Packet access performance measurement on PACCH ...................................................................4-41
Table 4-11 Packet assignment success rate.......................................................................................................4-43
Table 4-12 Paging request measurement ..........................................................................................................4-56

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

xi

Tables

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
Table 4-13 Uplink TBF establishment/release measurement............................................................................4-63
Table 4-14 Downlink TBF establishment/release measurement.......................................................................4-78
Table 4-15 Uplink LLC data transmission measurement..................................................................................4-91
Table 4-16 Downlink LLC data transmission measurement.............................................................................4-94
Table 4-17 Uplink RLC data transmission measurement ...............................................................................4-100
Table 4-18 Downlink RLC data transmission measurement...........................................................................4-106
Table 4-19 Cell radio channel performance measurement.............................................................................. 4-112
Table 4-20 Resource maintenance performance measurement....................................................................... 4-117
Table 4-21 PDCH resource performance measurement..................................................................................4-122
Table 4-22 PDCH extreum value measurement..............................................................................................4-129
Table 4-23 Uplink EGPRS TBF establishment/release measurement ............................................................4-130
Table 4-24 Downlink EGPRS TBF establishment/release measurement .......................................................4-133
Table 4-25 Uplink EGPRS RLC data transmission measurement ..................................................................4-136
Table 4-26 Downlink EGPRS RLC data transmission measurement .............................................................4-138
Table 4-27 EGPRS GMSK-MEAN-BEP different value measurement .........................................................4-141
Table 4-28 EGPRS 8PSK-MEAN-BEP different value measurement............................................................4-143
Table 4-29 8PSK MCS selection based on BEP reports .................................................................................4-145
Table 4-30 Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement........................................4-147
Table 4-31 Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement..........................................4-150
Table 4-32 Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement...................................4-152
Table 4-33 Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement .....................................4-155
Table 5-1 Traffic register items...........................................................................................................................5-2
Table 8-1 GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network .................................................................................................8-1

xii

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

1 Overview

Overview

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

1.1 Basic Concepts Related to


Performance Measurement

This section decribes the basic concepts involved in the


creation of the PCU performance measurement.

1.2 Functional Characteristics


of Performance Measurement

This section decribes the functional Characteristics of


Performance Measurement

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

1-1

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

1 Overview

For the convenience of network performance analysis, network optimization and internal fault
locating of the telecom network, the PCU system provides perfect performance measurement
system. The PCU performance measurement system provides measurement of the CPU
performance, BSC overall performance, NS performance and overall BSSGP performance,
etc. It provides reliable data reference for understanding the performance of the PCU system,
optimizing the overall GPRS system and locating any possible fault in the overall GPRS
system.

1.1 Basic Concepts Related to Performance Measurement


The basic concepts involved in the creation of the PCU performance measurement task are as
follows:

1.1.1 Statistics Item


The statistics item can be the quantity that should be collected for describing one
measurement task, such as Total Bytes of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received. Such statistics
items are the original materials that can be processed to obtain other results. The statistics
item can also be the quantity obtained via simple calculation (plus, minus, multiplication and
division) of certain statistics items. For example, the statistics item Mean Length of Uplink
LLC_PDUs is the ratio of Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent to Total Number of
Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent. Generally, such item is quite visual.

1.1.2 Measurement Time


The measurement time includes all necessary time information of a performance measurement
task such as start date, statistic period, statistic type, time segment, time type, etc.
The start date refers to the date when the performance measurement starts.
The performance measurement period refers to the interval when the performance
measurement is implemented to obtain certain original measurement data and when the data
are processed to output the first group of statistical results.
The statistic type includes limited period task and semi-permanent task. The limited period
task will trigger the measurement and output the statistical result within the set period of time.
Once the semi-permanent task is created, the performance measurement will be made and the
statistical result will be output fixedly everyday or on certain days of a week or in certain time
segments on certain days of a month.
The performance measurement time segment refers to a period of time when the performance
measurement is made on a certain day. The ratio of the performance measurement time
segment to the measuring period should be an integer.
The performance measurement time type includes: statistic by day, statistic by week and
statistic by month.

1.1.3 Measurement Object


The measurement object refers to various measured physical or logic entities and their
combinations, such as cell, RPPU board, etc.

1-2

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

1 Overview

1.1.4 Status of Performance Measurement Task


The status of the performance measurement task can be divided into three kinds: not started,
running, completed. All the task status refers to the status of the performance measurement
task at the time when it is viewed.
The status not started indicates that the current time is earlier than the start time of that day's
measurement task.
The status running indicates that the current time is between the start time of that day's
measurement task and the end time of that day's measurement task.
The status completed indicates that the current time is later than the end time of that day's
measurement task.

1.1.5 Measure Type


The measure type is the special combination of the statistics items and objects.

1.1.6 Measuring Point


The measuring point refers to the processing points for obtaining the statistical results within
the PCU system.

1.2 Functional Characteristics of Performance


Measurement
There are two typesof O&M terminals, OMC and M2000, which are published and used in
commercial network. Because the performance measurement implementation in PCU system
is completely same, no matter using OMC or M2000, we only take OMC O&M terminal for
example to show how to maintain performance measurement above PCU.

1.2.1 Creating Performance Measurement Task


After receiving the operations of creating performance measurement task sent by the OMC
console and checking the parameter validity, the performance measurement module on the
POMU board will determine whether the task can be created successfully based on the task
resources within the POMU performance measurement module. Once the performance
measurement task is successfully created, then the system will allocate a task number to the
performance measurement task and create a file uniquely corresponding to the task in the hard
disk of the POMU board to save the statistical result.

1.2.2 Collecting and Processing Performance Measurement Result


To determine whether a performance measurement task is to be activated, the following three
conditions should be satisfied simultaneously:
z

The current date of the task should be between the measurement start date and the
measurement end date or the set date in a week or in a month.

The current time of the task should be between the measurement start time and the
measurement end time.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

1-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

1 Overview
z

The difference between the current time of the task and the measurement start time
should be an integer multiple of the measuring period.

The POMU board packs the task number list of the activated task into message packet and
broadcasts it to each RPPU board. After receiving the message, the RPPU board extracts the
measured value snapshot corresponding to each task in the message at the moment and returns
it to the POMU board.
What the RPPU board returns is the measurement status value. The result of a measuring
period should be the difference between the measured value at the end of the measuring
period and the measured value in the beginning of the measuring period. Therefore, the
POMU needs to record the previous measured value sent by the RPPU board and calculates
the difference between it and the measured value currently sent by the RPPU board. The result
should be saved in the corresponding performance measurement file.

1.2.3 Querying the Status of Performance Measurement Task


The O&M terminal or OMC can be used to query the information on the task which has
already been successfully created.

1.2.4 Querying the Result of Performance Measurement Task


The O&M terminal or OMC can be used to query the statistical result of a certain
performance measurement task in a specified time segment.

1.2.5 Performance Measurement Data Backup


The system will automatically back up the last generated performance measurement data to
the standby POMU board.

1.2.6 Deleting Performance Measurement Task


After receiving the operations of deleting the performance measurement task sent by the
OMC and passing the parameter check, the performance measurement module on the
POMU board will clear the task resources and delete the corresponding performance
measurement file in the hard disk of the POMU board.

1.2.7 Deleting Performance Measurement Result


Due to the limited hard disk capacity of the PCU system, the system will automatically delete
the earliest results when the hard disk does not have enough space. The user can also delete
historical performance statistical results stored in the hard disk of the POMU board at the
OMC console.

1-4

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Performance Measurement Operations

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

2.1 Setting Performance


Measurement Task

This section decribes the Setting Performance


Measurement Task.

2.2 Querying Performance


Measurement Task

This section decribes the Querying Information and Status


of Performance Measurement Task.

2.3 Setting Performance


Measurement Template

This section decribes the Setting Performance


Measurement Template.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-1

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

2.1 Setting Performance Measurement Task


In the PCU system, the performance measurement task can only be created or deleted at the
OMC console.

2.1.1 Creating Performance Measurement Task


Before creating a performance measurement task, please log in to the OMC console either in
the OMC Shell mode or in the OMC LocalWS mode.
At the OMC console, the user can enter the interface for creating performance measurement
task by the following means:
z

Selecting the menu Task list > New.

Using the shortcut key Ctrl+N.

Click the button

in the tool bar.

Figure 2-1 shows the interface for creating the performance measurement task. Table 2-1
shows the description related to this interface.
Figure 2-1 Creating new performance measurement task

After entering the interface, please follow the following steps to create the performance
measurement task.

2-2

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Set Basic Information


In this step, please set the statistics functional type and the measure type and name the
performance measurement concisely. The upper part of Figure 2-1 shows the corresponding
interface and Table 2-1 shows the corresponding description.
Table 2-1 Description on statistics item page of new task register interface
Domain name

Meaning

Remarks

Task name

Name of the statistics task.

1-30 characters

Statistics function type

The collection of statistics types.

Please refer to Table 2-2

Measure type

The specific combination of


statistics items and statistics objects.

Please refer to Table 2-2

Table 2-2 Description on statistics function type and the corresponding measure type
Statistics function type

Measure type

CPU Performance Measurement

CPU Performance Measurement

BSC Overall Performance


Measurement

BSC Overall Performance Measurement

NS Performance Measurement

NS Transmission Performance Measurement

BSSGP Performance
Measurement

BSSGP Performance Measurement

G-Abis Interface Performance


Measurement

TRAU Link Measurement

Pb Interface Performance
Measurement

LAPD Link Measurement

Cell Performance Measurement

Packet Access Performance Measurement on CCCH


Packet Access Performance Measurement on PCCCH
Packet Access Performance Measurement on PACCH
Rate of Successful Packet Assignment
Paging Request Measurement
Uplink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement
Downlink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement
Uplink LLC Data Transmission Measurement
Downlink LLC Data Transmission Measurement
Uplink RLC Data Transmission Measurement
Downlink RLC Data Transmission Measurement

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Statistics function type

Measure type
Cell Radio Channel Performance Measurement
Resource Maintenance Performance Measurement
PDCH Resource Performance Measurement
PDCH Extremum Value Measurement
Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release
Measurement
Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release
Measurement
Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement
Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission
Measurement
EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value
Measurement
EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value
Measurement
Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission
Rate Measurement
Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate
Measurement
Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission
Rate Measurement
Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission
Rate Measurement

Set Statistics Item


In this step, please set the statistics item of the performance measurement. The lower part of
Table 2-3 shows the corresponding interface and Figure 2-1 shows the corresponding
description.

2-4

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Table 2-3 Description on statistics item setting interface


All statistics items

All statistics items belonging to the same measure type. The


statistics items describe the quantity that should be collected for
one measurement task.

Selected statistics
items

The statistics items in this list refer to the statistics items to be


measured for the performance measurement task. The statistics
items not in the list will not be measured.

Please select
template

Please select the created statistics item template

After the statistics function type and measure type are definitely selected, all the statistics
items will be listed in the lower left part of the interface. Please select the statistics items
using the mouse and add them to the selected statistics item list in the lower right part of the
interface using the button

If the statistics item template has already been defined, please directly select the template for
measurement. For example, Figure 2-1 shows the measurement of Maximum CPU occupancy.

Set Time
Figure 2-2 shows the interface for setting the measurement time and Table 2-4 shows the
description of each domain in the interface.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-5

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Figure 2-2 Time definition interface

Table 2-4 Description on each domain in the time definition interface

2-6

Domain
name

Meaning

Range

Remarks

Start date

The date on which the


implementation of a task
starts.

xxxx-xx-xx

Later than or being the


date a task is registered.

Measuring
period

The period of statistics


data collection.

5-1440 minutes

Can be divided exactly


by statistics time
segment.

Time
segment

The start and end time of


the time segment in a
statistics day

00:00-24:00

None

Limited
period task
(day)

The preset duration of


time the task lasts for.

1-9999 days

None

Semi-perma
nent task

The task will be always


under way since its
registration.

None

None

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Domain
name

Meaning

Range

Remarks

Time type

The period of the


performance
measurement task start

Statistic by day,
Statistic by week,
Statistic by month

Please refer to Caution 2

Please select
template

Select the created time


template.

Created template

None.

When the user fetches the performance statistical result of that day at the OMC console, the
start time of the performance measurement is the POMU time, while the end time is the OMC
console time (PC time). If there is a relatively great difference between the POMU time and
the OMC console time, the performance measurement result will be inaccurate. Therefore,
please synchronize the OMC console time with the POMU time. If the user fetches the
previous performance statistical result, the OMC console time will not exert any influence
upon the correctness of the statistical result.
If the time type is selected as statistic by week, then the user can select one day or several
days in each week for implementing the performance measurement task. If the time type is
selected as statistic by month, then the user can select one day or several days in each
month for implementing the performance measurement task.
As shown in the setting example in Figure 2-2, the performance measurement task starts on
March 19 2002. The measurement will be made on seven consecutive days. It will start at
15:00 everyday and be made every five minutes till 20: 00.

Set Object
The object definition interface is used to set the performance measurement object, as shown in
Figure 2-3. Table 2-5 shows the measurement object of the current statistics function type.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-7

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Figure 2-3 Object definition interface

Table 2-5 Statistics function type and its corresponding measurement object
Statistics function type

Measurement object

Range

CPU Performance
Measurement

Board No.

Frame No.: always 0.

BSC Overall Performance


Measurement

BSC No.

NS Performance
Measurement

Network service
virtual connection
identifier (NSVCI)

0 to 65534

BSSGP Performance
Measurement

Cell No.

All cells

All board numbers, specified


board numbers (0-6, 8, 10-15)
All BSC
Specified BSC No.
All NSVCI

Board No. (0-5, 10-15)


Specified cell No.
Specified BSC No.

2-8

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Statistics function type

Measurement object

Range

G-Abis Interface
Performance Measurement

Cell No.

All cells
Board No. (0-5, 10-15)
Specified cell No.
Specified BSC No.

Pb Interface Performance
Measurement

LAPD link

Cell Performance
Measurement

Cell No.

All LAPD links


Specified LAPD link No
All cells
Board No. (0-5, 10-15)
Specified cell No.
Specified BSC No.

If the object template has already been defined, please directly select the template for
measurement. As shown in the example in Figure 2-3, the CPU Performance Measurement is
made on boards 0, 1, 2, 6, 8 and 15 in the PCU processing subrack.

Register Performance Measurement Task


After setting the statistics item, measurement time and object, please click the button Register
in the lower part of the interface, the Task registration response interface will be popped
up, as shown in Figure 2-4. Table 2-6 shows the description of the interface. What Figure
2-4 shows is the interface of successful task registration.
Figure 2-4 Successful task registration interface

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-9

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Table 2-6 Description of task registration response information


Domain name

Meaning

Task registration response

Confirm the registration of a task, responding with


either the success or failure message of the
registration. The causes of registration failures are
also displayed in this interface.

Task registration details in each


module

Confirm the registration of a task in each module.


When a task is registered in several modules, note that
if the registration in one module fails, the statistical
results will not be reliable.

Module ID.

The module number.

Registration status

Confirm the registration of a task, responding with


either the success or failure message of the
registration in a certain module.

The objects failed to be registered


in this module

The statistics object is invalid in certain module. For


example, if for a task registration the object is No. 7
cell, but No. 7 cell does not exist in the module the
task is registered in, then No. 7 cell is the object that
failed to be registered in this module.

2.1.2 Deleting Performance Measurement Task


Firstly, select the performance measurement task to be deleted. Then, select any of the
following three modes to complete the deleting operation:
z

Selecting the menu

>
Task list

Using the key

Delete

.
Delete

Clicking the button

in the toolbar.

2.1.3 Modifying Performance Measurement Task Name


This operation should be implemented at the command terminal. And only the user who logs
on the system in the senior maintenance mode or above can implement such operation.

Related Command
ms rename <TaskNo> <TaskName>

Command Description
TaskNo: Task number.
TaskName: Task name after modification.

2-10

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

2.2 Querying Performance Measurement Task


This operation can be conducted either at the OMC console or at the command terminal.
Since operation at the OMC console is relatively convenient and easy, it is described in the
following.

2.2.1 Querying Information and Status of Performance


Measurement Task
Querying Task Information
Firstly, select the performance measurement task to be viewed.
z

Selecting the menu Task Management > Details.

Use the shortcut key F7.

Enter the Details interface, as shown in Figure 2-5.


Figure 2-5 Task details

The interface of task details includes the following three sub-interfaces:


z

General task information, including task name, time attribute, etc.

Statistics items information, including name and serial No. of statistics items

Task objects information, including object No. and object name.

The three sub-interfaces give the relevant information to be set during creation of the
performance measurement task.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-11

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Querying Task Status


To query the task status, please enter the related interface by the following means:
z

Selecting the menu Task Management > Status Inquiry.

Clicking the button

in the tool bar.

View the Task status interface as shown in Figure 2-6.


Figure 2-6 Interface for viewing task status

2.2.2 Querying Statistical Result of Performance Measurement


Task
This operation is used to view the statistic task result within the specified range. The user can
enter the interface by the following three means.
z

Selecting the menu Task Management > Get Results.

Using the shortcut key F8.

Clicking the button

in the tool bar.

Set The Viewing Time


In this interface, the user can make setting to view the performance measurement result of the
special time and define the result ordering mode, as shown in Figure 2-7.

2-12

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Figure 2-7 Result time definition interface

View Task Result


The task result interface includes three sub-interfaces, such as interfaces Display Results,
Details and Chart.
The interface Display Results gives all results in the form of table and each row of the table
indicates a group of statistical results. The column title of the table indicates the statistics item
name and the row title indicates the statistics time and object, as shown in Figure 2-8.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-13

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

Figure 2-8 Task result interface

The Details interface gives the information of a piece of statistical result in the form of table,
as shown in Figure 2-9. The table includes two columns, such as Statistic item and Result.
Figure 2-9 Interface of details

The measurement time and object are shown above the table. The result status of each module
is shown below the table. If the module registered in the task reports the statistical result, then
the module status is shown as valid. Otherwise, the status is shown as invalid. You can select
the previous or next result using the functional buttons above the table.

2-14

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

The Chart interface gives the statistical result in the form of chart, as shown in Figure 2-10.
Figure 2-10 Data chart interface

Above the chart display area is the chart setting area where the following information can be
set:
X-coordinate, indicating statistic by time or by object.
Mode, including curve mode, bar mode and dot mode.
Other attributes, such as Y-coordinate range, 3D display or not, graticule shown or not, and
the number of X-coordinates.
The statistics item table below the chart display area is used to specify the statistics item
displayed in the chart. The statistics item selected (ticked off) will be shown in this table.

2.3 Setting Performance Measurement Template


PCU's performance measurement system provides performance measurement template
management function. User can use created template to create tasks with similar properties,
thus improving the efficiency of task creation.
There are three types of templates: item template, time template and object template.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-15

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

2.3.1 Creating Item Template


Access
Click Template Management > Item Template.
Or click

Operation
The interface of item template setting is shown in Figure 2-11.
Figure 2-11 Item template setting

In the dialog box above, select the items needed from All statistics items and add them to
Selected statistics items. And then, click Save template and type a name for this template in
the next dialog box and click OK to finish the creation.
When creating an item template, please make sure that all items of this template belong to the
same measurement type.

2-16

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

2 Performance Measurement Operations

2.3.2 Creating Time Template


Access
Click Template Management > Time Template.
Or click

Operation
The operation of creating time template is similar to the setting of time properties when
creating a task. See 2.1.1 Set Time.

2.3.3 Creating Object Template


Access
Click Template Management > Object Template.
Or click

Operation
The operation of creating object template is similar to the setting of object properties when
creating a task. See 2.1.1 Set Object.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

2-17

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

M2000 Performance Measurement

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

3.1 Performance Measurement


Objects

This section decribes the Performance Measurement


Objects by M2000 Client.

3.2 Measurement Results


Query

This section decribes the Measurement Results Query by


M2000 Client.

3.3 Template Management


Query

This section decribes the Template Management Query


by M2000 Client.

3.4 Measurement Maintenance

This section decribes the Measurement Maintenance by


M2000 Client.

3.5 Real-Time Measurement


Maintenance

This section decribes the Real-Time Measurement


Maintenance by M2000 Client.

3.6 Threshold Management

This section decribes the Threshold Management by


M2000 Client.

3.7 Customer Counter


Management

This section decribes the Customer Counter Management


by M2000 Client.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-1

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

The command terminal and the OMC maintenance console of the PCU system supports
creating and deleting the performance measurement tasks. The M2000 Client does not support
these tasks because the NE automatically reports the first object type and the common counter
values after the NEs are successfully created on the M2000 Client. These values are
performance measurement results. The M2000 Client has only to provide relevant query
operations.

3.1 Performance Measurement Objects


3.1.1 Hierarchy of Performance Measurement Objects
Class 1 Objects
For class 1 objects, you do not need to specify a measurement object. The system measures all
the objects of a certain type by default. The NE reports all the obtained measurement results
of all the objects of this type to the M2000. Therefore, you do not need to add these objects
manually into the measurement range. For this type of objects, you cannot add or remove
them, or select only some of these objects for measurement.

Class 2 Objects
For class 2 objects, you need to specify a measurement object. After you add this type of
measurement objects into the measurement range, the NE notifies the M2000 of the adding,
and the M2000 displays these objects in the Measurement Object Management window.

Class 3 Objects
For class 3 objects, you need to type the specific characteristics of the object, because the
measurement is based on these characteristics. The M2000 adds this type of objects and
notifies the NE, and the NE reports the corresponding measurement results to the M2000.

3.1.2 Hierarchy of Performance Measurement Counters


Counters in a measurement function set form multiple measurement units for better utilization
and management. Therefore, for one NE type, the measurement counters are organized in the
hierarchy of Measurement function set -> Measurement unit -> Measurement counter. In
M2000, the measurement counters are organized in the hierarchy of NE type, Measurement
function set, Measurement unit, and Measurement counter, as shown in Figure 3-1.

3-2

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-1 Hierarchy of performance measurement counters


Measurement
function set

NE type

NE type 1
NE type 2
......
NE type n

Measurement
unit

Measurement
function set1
Measurement
function set 2
......
Measurement
function set n

Measurement
counter

Measurement
unit 1
Measurement
unit 2
......
Measurement
unit n

Measurement
counter 1
Measurement
counter 2
......
Measurement
counter3

3.1.3 Type of Performance Measurement Counters


Key Performance Counters
The key performance counters are the part continuously measured by the system. You do not
have to care whether they are measured. You cannot cancel the measurement of the key
performance counters. For a unit to be measured, the NE determines which counters are the
key performance counters.

Extension Performance Counters


Counters other than the key performance counters are called extension performance counters.
You need to set manually whether they are to be measured. You can add or cancel the
measurement of the extension performance counters.

User Defined Counters


When the M2000 is running, you can perform combined operation on the original system
counters to obtain a new measurement counter. The counter generated in this way is called a
user defined counter. However, you cannot use it to generate another

3.2 Measurement Results Query


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 After logging in to the M2000 Client, choose Performance > Query Result.
The Query Result window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-2.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-2 Query Result

Step 2 Click New Query.


The Query dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-3 Query

You can set the query conditions as described subsequently.


----End

3-4

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Selecting Objects
In the Query dialog box shown in Figure 3-3, select Object Selection. The available objects
are displayed, as shown in Figure 3-4.
Figure 3-4 Object Selection

Table 3-1 lists the measurement function sets and relevant measurement units.
Table 3-1 Measurement function sets and relevant measurement units
Measurement
Function Set

Measurement Unit

CPU Performance
Measurement

CPU Performance Measurement

BSC Overall
Performance
Measurement

BSC Overall Performance Measurement

NS Performance
Measurement

NS Transmission Performance Measurement

BSSGP Performance
Measurement

BSSGP Performance Measurement

G-Abis interface
Performance
Measurement

TRAU Link Measurement

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-5

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Measurement
Function Set

Measurement Unit

Pb Interface
Performance
Measurement

LAPD Link Measurement

Cell Performance
Measurement

Packet Access Performance Measurement on CCCH


Packet Access Performance Measurement on PCCCH
Packet Access Performance Measurement on PACCH
Rate of Successful Packet Assignment
Paging Request Measurement
Uplink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement
Downlink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement
Uplink LLC Data Transmission Measurement
Downlink LLC Data Transmission Measurement
Uplink RLC Data Transmission Measurement
Downlink RLC Data Transmission Measurement
Cell Radio Channel Performance Measurement
Resource Maintenance Performance Measurement
PDCH Resource Performance Measurement
PDCH Maximum Value Measurement
Uplink EGPRS TBF establishment/release Measurement
Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release Measurement
Uplink EGPRS RLC data Transmission Measurement
Downlink EGPRS RLC data Transmission Measurement
EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP different value Measurement
EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP different value Measurement
Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC data retransmission rate
measurement
Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC data retransmission rate measurement
Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC data retransmission rate
measurement
Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC data retransmission rate
measurement

3-6

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Table 3-2 lists the measurement function sets and relevant measurement objects.
Table 3-2 Measurement function sets and relevant measurement objects
Measurement
Function Set

Measurement
Object

Value Range

CPU Performance
Measurement

Board number

Subrack number (0)


All the board numbers
Specified board numbers (06, 8, 1015)

NS Performance
Measurement

Network Service
Virtual Connection
Identity (NSVCI)

065534

BSSGP
Performance
Measurement

Cell number

All the cells


Specified cell number
Board numbers (05, 1015)
Specified BSC number

G-Abis interface
Performance
Measurement

Cell number

All the cells


Board numbers (05, 1015)
Specified cell number
Specified BSC number

Pb Interface
Performance
Measurement

LAPD number

Cell Performance
Measurement

Cell number

All the LAPD links


Specified LAPD link number
All the cells
Board numbers (05, 1015)
Specified cell number
Specified BSC number

BSC Overall
Performance
Measurement

BSC number

All the BSCs


Specified BSC number

Slecting Counters
In the Query dialog box shown in Figure 3-3, select Counter Selection. The selected
counters are displayed, as shown in Figure 3-5.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-7

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-5 Counter Selection

Available Counters lists all the current available counters. Selected Counters lists the
current selected counters.
z

Click
Counters.

. The selected counters in Available Counters can be added to Selected

Click
Counters.

. All the counters in Available Counters can be added to Selected

Setting Others
In the Query dialog box shown in Figure 3-3, select Other Setting. The parameters are
displayed, as shown in Figure 3-6.

3-8

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-6 Other Setting

Table 3-3 lists the descriptions of the parameters.


Table 3-3 Description of the parameters
Parameter

Value Range

Description

Type

Consecutive and Fragmental

The time mode for querying the results.


Consecutive:
To query the measurement results within
a consecutive time period.
Fragmental:
To query the measurement results for
separate time segments. This time mode
applies to querying results for the period
with high traffic.

Default

All, Specified, Today,


Yesterday, This Week, and
Last Week

The time range for querying the


measurement results.
All: To query all the measurement
results.
Specified: To query the measurement
results for the specified time segment.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-9

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Parameter

Value Range

Description

Time

The start time.

When you select "Consecutive" as the


time mode, you need to set the start and
end time, and the time period.

Start

Default: the day before.


When you select
"Consecutive" as the time
mode, you need to set the
start and end time.
End

The end time.


Default: the current time.

The system provides three time periods.


The first is set by default with the start
time 00:00 and the end time 24:00.
If you need to set more than one time
period, select the second and third time
periods and set the start and end time.

When you select


"Consecutive" as the time
mode, you need to set the
start and end time.
Query Period

30 minutes, 60 minutes and


24 hours

The M2000 queries and collects the


measurement results according to the
selected period.

Sort

Object, Time and Counter

In what sequence the queried


measurement results are sorted and
displayed.

Setting Filter Conditions


In the dialog box shown in Figure 3-6, click Counter Filter. The Set Counter Filter
Conditions dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-7.
Figure 3-7 Set Counter Filter Conditions

You can set the filter conditions for each measurement counter. Only the counter that meets
the filter conditions can be displayed.

3-10

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Table 3-4 lists the description of filter conditions.


Table 3-4 Description of filter conditions
Parameter

Value Range

Description

Counter Name

All measurement counters of


the selected measurement
object

Select in the drop-down list the name of


the counter for which the filter
condition is to be set.

Comparator

">", ">=", "=", "<", and "<="

For comparing the actual value and the


compare value of the measurement
counter.

Compare
Value

9999999999.98 to
9999999999.98

The measurement counter value set as


the filter condition.

Logical
Operator

"AND", "OR", and "None"

The logical relationship between the set


filter conditions.

Click Close in the Set Counter Filter Conditions dialog box after setting the filter conditions.
Then click Query in the dialog box as shown in Figure 3-6.

Some counters can only be displayed after period query.

3.2.1 Setting up a Real-Time Measurement Query Task


In the Query Result dialog box shown in Figure 2-1, click Real Query. The Add Real-Time
Query Task window is displayed.

The operation of setting up a real-time measurement query task is the same as that of setting up a query
task. But the value range of "Measurement Cycle" is different. When setting up a real-time measurement
query task, the period can only be "5 minutes" or "15 minutes".

3.2.2 Querying Through Templates


In the Query Result window shown in Figure 2-1, right-click a template and select Query in
the floating menu. The query results are displayed in the column on the right, as shown in
Figure 3-8.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-11

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-8 Querying Through Templates

3.2.3 Displaying the Query Results


The query results are displayed in three ways: table, line chart, and bar chart.

3-12

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Displaying Query Results in Table


Figure 3-9 Displaying query results in table

Click Save. The query results are exported in the format of *.xls, *.txt, *.html.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-13

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Displaying Query Results in Line Chart


Figure 3-10 Displaying query Results in line chart

Different objects have different colors. You can set the color and background color of the
objects. The line chart can be zoomed in or out.
Click Save. The query results are exported in the format of *.bmp and *.jpg.

3-14

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Displaying Query Results in Bar Chart


Figure 3-11 Displaying query results in bar chart

Different objects have different colors. You can set the color and background of the objects.
The bar chart can be zoomed in or out.
Click Save. The query results are exported in the format of *.bmp and *.jpg.

3.3 Template Management Query


3.3.1 Creating a Query Template
After setting the query conditions, click Save Template. The Save as dialog box is displayed,
as shown in Figure 3-12. Type the template name and then select a directory. Click OK.

The template name cannot be the used one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-15

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-12 Saving the template

3.3.2 Modifying a Query Template


Modifying the Template Name
In the Query Result window shown in Figure 2-1, right-click the template to be modified,
and select Rename.

The template name cannot be the used one.

Modifying the Attributes of the Template


In the Query Result window shown in Figure 2-1, right-click the template to be queried, and
select Attribute, as shown in Figure 3-13.

3-16

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-13 Modifying template attributes

After modifying the attributes, click Save. Click Save as to save the modified results to a new
template.

3.3.3 Viewing a Query Template


In the Query Result window shown in Figure 2-1, right-click the template to be viewed and
select View.

3.3.4 Deleting a Query Template


In the Query Result window shown in Figure 2-1, right-click the template to be deleted and
select Delete. A confirmation dialog box is displayed. Click OK.

3.3.5 Managing the Sub-Catalog


The M2000 Client provides sub-catalog management function to help the users manage the
user-defined query templates more easily.

Setting up a Sub-Catalog
Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 2-1, right-click a node in the template tree.
Step 2 Select Create Dir in the floating menu, as shown in Figure 3-14.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-17

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-14 Creating Dir menu option

Step 3 Type the name of the sub-catalog on the newly created node and press Enter, as shown in
Figure 3-15.

3-18

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-15 Typing the name of the newly created sub-catalog

----End

Re-Name the Sub-Catalog


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 2-1, right-click the node to be re-named in the template
tree.
Step 2 Select Rename in the floating menu.
Step 3 Type the new name of the sub-catalog.
----End

Deleting a Sub-Catalog
Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 2-1, right-click the node to be deleted in the template tree.
Step 2 Select Delete in the floating menu.
A confirmation dialog box is displayed.
Step 3 Click OK.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-19

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

All the templates in the sub-catalog are deleted if it is deleted.


----End

3.4 Measurement Maintenance


3.4.1 Querying the Measurement Counters and Objects
Perform the following steps:
Step 1 Choose Performance > Measure Management.
The Measure Management window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-16.
Step 2 Select an NE under a node.
Figure 3-16 Measure Management

Table 3-5 and Table 3-6 list the description of the parameters on in the Measure
Management window.
Table 3-5 Parameters in Counter Info

3-20

Parameter

Description

Counter Name

Enumeration. All currently measured counters under a


measurement unit of an NE.

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Parameter

Description

Status

Measurement status of the counter.

Status Description Information

Describes the counter measurement status.

Table 3-6 Parameters in Object Info


Parameters

Description

Object Name

Enumeration. All currently measured objects under a


measurement unit of an NE.

Status

Measurement status of the object.

Status Description Information

Describes the counter measurement status.

3.4.2 Querying Missing Measurement Results


During the running of the M2000, many reasons may cause the loss of the measurement
results. For example, when the M2000 NE is disconnected for a period of time. For these
missing measurement results, the M2000 provides the querying and recollecting functions.
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-16, click LostResult.
The Please Select Time Segment dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-17.
Figure 3-17 Please Select Time Segment

Step 2 Select the start and end time.


Step 3 Click OK.
If the measurement results in the set time period are lost, a confirmation dialog box is
displayed, describing details of the lost measurement results, as shown in Figure 3-18.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-21

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-18 Missing Result Inquiry (1)

If no measurement results in the set time period are lost, a prompt is returned, indicating no
result is missing, as shown in Figure 3-19.
Figure 3-19 Missing Result Inquiry (2)

----End

3.4.3 Synchronizing Measurement Results


If some performance measurement results are lost, you can get them back from the NE by
synchronizing results of the periodic measurement.
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-16, click Sync.
The Please Select Time Segment dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-17.
Step 2 Select the start and end time.
The start and end time is when the measurement results are lost.
Step 3 Click OK.
Step 4 If operation succeeds, a prompt is returned.

3-22

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

----End

3.4.4 Subscribing to Measurement Results


To facilitate querying the periodic measurement results, you can subscribe to the measurement
results according to the object or the counter.
Step 1 Choose Performance > Measure Management or click

The Measure Management window is displayed.


Step 2 In the tree on the left on Measure Management, select an NE type node.
Step 3 In the right part on Measurement Maintenance, select the tab for the corresponding periodic
measurement to subscribe to the measurement results.
The tab is named after the measurement period of the measurement counters.
Step 4 Click Subscribe.
The Subscribe Result window is displayed. The newly reported measurement results are
displayed in the window, as shown in Figure 3-20.
Figure 3-20 Newly reported measurement results

For each periodic measurement, you can subscribe measurement results of up to five measurement
units. Up to 500 newly reported measurement results for each measurement unit can be displayed in
the Subscribe Result window. If there are more than 500 results for a measurement unit, results
reported earlier are not displayed but saved in the system.

To unsubscribe the measurement results for a measurement unit, select the tab in Subscribe Result
corresponding to this measurement unit, and then click Unsubscribe.

You cannot subscribe the results of the NE in the status of Unmeasured.

----End

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-23

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

3.4.5 Querying the Reliability of Measurement Results


When the NE reports measurement results, the reliability information is contained in the
measurement results, indicating whether these results are Reliable or Unreliable. If the data
in the measurement result is described as Unreliable, this result record is considered
Unreliable.
The measurement result reliability is expressed by the rate of Unreliable results against all
the measurement results. In the M2000, this rate is expressed in percentage.
To query the reliability of measurement results, perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-16, click Reliability.
The Please Select Time Segment dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-17.
Step 2 Select the start and end time.
Step 3 Click OK.
z

If the reliability of the measurement result is 100%, as shown in Figure 3-21, click OK.
The dialog box is closed.

If the reliability of the measurement result is lower than 100%, as shown in Figure 3-22,
click OK.
The Unreliable Result Info is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-23.

Figure 3-21 Result reliability (100%)

Figure 3-22 Result reliability (lower than 100%)

3-24

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-23 Unreliable Result Info

----End

3.4.6 Suspending NE Measurement


The measurement status refers to whether to collect from the NE the setting status
(Suspended and Activated) of measurement results. You can set one or more Activated NEs
under a measurement unit to Suspended. The suspended NEs cannot generate results.

3.4.7 Recovering NE Measurement


You can recover a suspended NE. The recovered NE continues to generate the measurement
results and reports the results to the M2000.
In the Measure Management window, select the NE to be recovered and click Active.

3.5 Real-Time Measurement Maintenance


The real-time measurement maintenance is similar to the measurement tasks. The difference
lies in the value range of the measurement cycle.
z

The cycle of the real-time measurement maintenance is five minutes or 15 minutes.

The cycle of a measurement task is 30 minutes, 60 minutes, or 24 hours.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-25

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

3.6 Threshold Management


For measurements of different periods, the M2000 supports counter value threshold alarms.
The alarm function helps to monitor automatically the key performance counters and the
currently measured extension counters. You can set the alarm threshold of every periodic
measurement according to the actual situation. When the counter value exceeds this threshold,
the system generates an alarm.
For one counter, you can set alarm thresholds for various time periods, or an alarm threshold
for all time periods in every periodic measurement. These thresholds can be set for all objects
of a measurement type, or for one or more objects.
Choose Performance > Threshold Setting. The Threshold Setting window is displayed, as
shown in Figure 3-24.
Figure 3-24 Threshold Setting

3.6.1 Adding Thresholds


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-24, click Add.
The Add Threshold dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-25.

3-26

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-25 Add Threshold

Table 3-7 describes the parameters in the Add Threshold dialog box.
Table 3-7 Threshold Parameters
Parameter

Value Range

Description

Select
Object

Enumeration. All
counters in the
measurement unit.

You can set a threshold for all the objects, or


for one or more objects.

Counter
Name

Enumeration. Key
performance counters
and currently measured
extension performance
counters in the
measurement unit.

Name of the counter with the threshold to be


set. Click the dropdown list after Counter
Name, and select the counter to set the
threshold.

Direction

Enumeration. Increasing,
Descreasing.

"Value", "Hysterisis", and "Direction"


determine the value of a counter threshold
altogether.

Status

Enumeration. Active,
Inactive.

This parameter determines whether to activate


the threshold alarm when the counter value
exceeds the value range.

Time
Segment

00:0024:00

Indicates in which time segment of a day this


performance threshold setting is valid.

Period

Enumeration. "30
Minutes", "60 Minutes",
and "24 Hours".

This means to set the threshold for which of the


30-minute, 60-minute and 24-hour periodic
measurements.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-27

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Parameter

Value Range

Description

Value

Numeric

"Value", "Hysteresis", and "Direction"


determine the value of a counter threshold
altogether.

Hysteresis

Numeric

"Value", "Hysteresis", and "Direction"


determine the value of a counter threshold
altogether.

Alarm
Level

Enumeration. Critical,
Major, Minor, Warning.

Level of the threshold alarms.

3.6.2 Modifying Thresholds


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-24, select the threshold to be modified.
Step 2 Click Modify.
The Modify Threshold dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-26.
The Select Object and Counter Name cannot be modified.
Figure 3-26 Modify Threshold

----End

3-28

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

3.6.3 Deleting Thresholds


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-24, select the threshold to be modified and click Delete.
A confirmation dialog box is displayed.
Step 2 Click OK.
----End

3.6.4 Suspending Thresholds


When a threshold setting is currently not needed, you can suspend it.
In the window as shown in Figure 3-24, select the threshold to be modified and click
Suspend.

3.6.5 Activating Thresholds


You can activate a suspended threshold setting.
In the window as shown in Figure 3-24, select the threshold to be modified and click
Activate.

3.7 Customer Counter Management


The customer counter management is used to manage the key counters, two categories
counter: the system counter and the user defined counter. The system counter is obtained
when the system performs the logic operation on the original counters in the system by default.
It is attached with the system.
When the M2000 is running, you can perform a logic operation on the original system
counters to obtain a new measurement counter. The counter generated in this way is called the
user defined counter. The customer counter applies only to the periodic measurement results.
The customer counter is measured only when all the original counters contained in the
formula are measured. The customer counter cannot be used to create other user defined
counters.
Choose Performance > Customer Counter management.
The Customer Counter Management window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-27.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-29

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-27 Customer Counter Management

3.7.1 Creating a User-Defined Counter


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-27, select an NE in the tree on the left.
Step 2 Click Add.
The Add User Defined Counter dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-28.

3-30

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

Figure 3-28 Add User Defined Counter

Table 3-8 lists the description of the parameters in the Add User Defined Counter dialog
box.
Table 3-8 Description of the parameters in the Add User Defined Counter dialog box
Parameter

Value Range

Description

Counter
Name

100 characters at
most. Cannot be
null.

The name of a user defined counter. A meaningful


name is recommended.

Unit

Default: none.

Units of the existing counters are available.


You can select a unit from the drop-down list
according to the meaning of the user defined counter.
For example, if a user defined counter measures the
times of the occurrence, the unit can be "times".
The unit specified for a user defined counter
measures the times of the occurrence, the unit can be
"Times". The unit specified for an user defined
counter is for referenced purpose only. It does not
affect the calculation of the counter.

Calculation
Formula

255 characters at
most. Cannot be
null.

Formula for the user defined counter. For details, see


3.7.7 "Editing the Formula for the User-Defined
Counter."

When the user-defined counter is successfully created, it is displayed on the left of the
window as shown in Figure 3-27.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-31

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

When creating a user defined counter, you need to specify it to a measurement function set and
measurement unit. A measurement unit contains at most 100 user defined counters.

All primitive counters of a user defined counter must belong to the same measurement function set.

You cannot create a user defined counter from another user defined counter.

You can create user defined counters in batch by importing the user defined counter information.

You cannot create a user defined counter from primitive counters, none of which is supported by at
least one version of an NE.

This window does not close after you create a user defined counter. When creation failed, a prompt
is returned.

----End

3.7.2 Modifying a User-Defined Counter


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-27, select the user-defined counter to be modified.
Step 2 Click Modify.
The Add User Defined Counter dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-28.
Step 3 After modifying the user-defined counter, click Modify.
----End

3.7.3 Deleting a User-Defined Counter


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-27,select the user-defined counter to be deleted.
Step 2 Click Delete.
A confirmation dialog box is displayed.
Step 3 Click OK.
----End

3.7.4 Importing a User-Defined Counter


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-27, click Import.
A dialog box is displayed.
Step 2 Find the file to be imported and click Open.
If importing succeeds, a prompt is returned.
----End

3-32

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

3 M2000 Performance Measurement

3.7.5 Exporting a User-Defined Counter


Perform the following steps:
Step 1 In the window as shown in Figure 3-27, click Export.
A dialog box is displayed.
Step 2 Select the saving directory for the file and click Save.
If saving succeeds, a prompt is returned.
----End

3.7.6 Showing or Hiding a User-Defined Counter


In the window as shown in Figure 3-27, you can select the user-defined counters to be shown
or hidden in the Show All Customer Counters check box. The system shows the
user-defined counters by default.

3.7.7 Editing the Formula for the User-Defined Counter


The user-defined counters are calculated through a formula. The formula defines the
calculation principles.

Principles
The editing principles are as follows:
z

Supporting arithmetic operations (add, subtract, multiply, and divide).

Supporting symbols such as "+", "", "*", "/", "(", and ")".

The measurement counters are identified by measurement counter ID. The counter ID is
added "[]"

You can directly type the constant with the symbol "{}".

In the formula, {GP} indicates the measurement cycle of the user-defined counter. If the
measurement cycle is 60, the value of the {GP} is 60.

For example, in "([198615] + ([198617]-[198618])*{100}/ [198615])*{GP}",


z

"[198615]", "[198617]", and "[198618]" represent the measurement counters with the
IDs 198615, 198617, and 198618.

{100} indicates constant 100.

{GP} indicates the measurement cycle of the user-defined counter.

Points for Attention


z

You can type the calculation symbols, constant, and {GP} or by the button.

You can directly type the ID of the measurement counters or double-click the
measurement counters in the "counter list".

When a user-defined counter is defined, the M2000 cannot detect the consistency of the
data, so you must ensure the correctness of the formula.

The constant is a number with at most tem characters and cannot be 0.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

3-33

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Performance Measurement Tasks

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

4.1 Instructions of
Performance Measurement
Task

This section decribes the Instructions of Performance


Measurement Task.

4.2 CPU Performance


Measurement

This section decribes the CPU performance measurement.

4.3 BSC Overall Performance


Measurement

This section decribes the BSC overall performance


measurement.

4.4 NS Performance
Measurement

This section decribes the Ns transmission performance


measurement.

4.5 BSSGP Performance


Measurement

This section decribes the BSSGP performance


measurement.

4.6 G-Abis Interface


Performance Measurement

This section decribes the G-Abis Interface Performance


Measurement.

4.7 Pb Interface Performance


Measurement

This section decribes the Pb Interface Performance


Measurement.

4.8 Cell Performance


Measurement

This section decribes the Cell Performance Measurement.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-1

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

4.1 Instructions of Performance Measurement Task


4.1.1 Classification of Performance Measurement Items
The PCU system provides full line of performance measurement items which can be
functionally divided into the following types:
z

Traffic model creating type


Different from the radio circuit switched service and the wired packet switched service,
the radio packet data service still does not have typical traffic model at present. To help
the network equipment operator to accumulate data so as to establish the service model,
Huawei PCU system provides related performance measurement items.

Network performance optimization type


After established, the GPRS network may become below the actual requirements due to
city construction, transfer of downtown or change of user quantity. Huawei PCU system
provides related performance measurement items that can keep the network operator
synchronously informed of any traffic change. Accordingly, the operator can optimize
the GPRS network in time.

Fault handling type


The performance measurement plays an important role in fault locating of the PCU
system. The results obtained from a period of measurement on the PCU system can
provide reliable support for fault handling.

Recommendations and Cautions on Creating Performance Measurement Task


The PCU system provides various performance measurement items. In practice, Huawei
recommends the following types of performance measurement tasks:
Step 1 Traffic model creating type
z

Packet Access Performance Measurement on CCCH

Packet Access Performance Measurement on PACCH

For the above measurement items, it is recommended the performance measurement task be
created in a 60-minute cycle.
Step 2 Network performance optimization type
z

TRAU Link Measurement

LAPD Link Measurement

Rate of Successful Packet Assignment

Uplink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement

Downlink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement

Uplink RLC Data Transmission Measurement (at CS-1 and CS-2)

Downlink RLC Data Transmission Measurement (at CS-1 and CS-2)

For the above measurement items, it is recommended the performance measurement task be
created in a 1440-minutes (one-day) cycle.

4-2

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Too many performance measurement tasks will consume too much resource of the PCU
system. If finding that the CPU occupancy is too high for a long time, please delete some
performance measurement tasks.
----End

4.2 CPU Performance Measurement


Table 4-1 lists the measurement items of the CPU performance measurement.
Table 4-1 CPU performance Measurement
No.

Measurement item

Average CPU Occupancy (%)

Maximum CPU Occupancy (%)

The object of the measurement is board, which includes POMU and RPPU. The maximum
CPU occupancy of one or more boards should only be measured in one task.
The measured value reflects the CPU load of the board. If the CPU occupancy exceeds the
reference range, the CPU system may be unstable.

4.2.1 Average CPU Occupancy (%)


Description
This measurement item is used to measure the percentage of the CPU in non-idle state.

Measurement Point
To measure all sampled CPU occupancies during the measuring period as follow:

CPU Occupancy =

Non _ Idle CPU Time During Sampling Period


100 %
Sampling Period

Obtain and accumulate CPU occupancy during sampling period for N times during the
measuring period, and the Average CPU occupancy (%) is equal to the total number of CPU
occupancy (%) divided by N.

Effect of the Item


It reflects the running situation of CPU system of the measured board.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Huawei Recommendation
Normally, the value of average CPU occupancy is not above 50%.
If the value of average CPU occupancy is above 80%, it means that the measured board
probably overload, which may impact upon the provision of the GPRS, while if the value of
average CPU occupancy is lower than 5%, it means that the measured board is probably no
traffic.
However, if the value of average CPU occupancy is above 80% occasionally, the normal
running of the system will not be affected.
Check whether the operations such as FTP, performance measurement task register and file
operating are being implemented. If so, terminate the operations, or else, please check other
performance measurements to confirm whether it is due to heavy traffic. If the traffic is too
much heavy, system expansion is recommended.

4.2.2 Maximum CPU Occupancy (%)


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the maximum CPU occupancy during the measuring
period.

Measurement Point
To measure all sampled CPU occupancies during the measuring period comparatively and
fetch the maximum value.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.3 BSC Overall Performance Measurement


Table 4-2 lists the measurement items of the BSC overall performance measurement.
Table 4-2 BSC over performance measurement

4-4

No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment

Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release

Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent

Total Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received

10

Total Bytes of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received

11

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent

12

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent

13

Mean Number of Available PDCHs

14

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs

The object of the measurement is BSC.


The BSC overall performance analysis is to check the overall running state of the BSS. If any
data is abnormal, which means the network quality is poor, the cell-level traffic analysis
should be executed to improve the network quality. The main analysis items are congestion
rate and call-drop rate.
The results of the measurement are used to:
Step 1 Analyze the traffic load of GPRS BSS. By observing a daily or weekly trend of the results, the
information may be used to determine the traffic load model for engineering design and
network planning. For example as follows:
z

Traffic load model: Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts and Number of
Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts;

GPRS output: Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent, Total Bytes of Uplink
LLC_PDUs Sent, Total Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received and Total Bytes of
Downlink LLC_PDUs Received;

Paging load: Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent and Number of Packet Paging
Requests Sent;

Packet channel resource: Mean Number of Available PDCHs and Mean Number of
Occupied PDCHs.

Step 2 Analyze the QoS of GPRS BSS. If the measurement result exceeds the reference range, the
radio environment, network parameter configuration, network resource configuration and
network equipment should be optimized, such as Number of Successful Uplink TBF
Establishment, Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment, Number of Uplink TBF
Normal Release and Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release.
----End

4.3.1 Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement->Number of
Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts, while the only difference is that the measurement

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-5

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

object is the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that
configured in the BSC.

4.3.2 Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Number of
Successful Uplink TBF Establishment, while the only difference is that the measurement
object is the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that
configured in the BSC.
Please refer to 6.2.1 Analyzing the Network Congestion Rate for recommendation.

4.3.3 Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement->Number of
Uplink TBF Normal Release, while the only difference is that the measurement object is the
whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the BSC.
Please refer to 6.2.2 Analyzing the Network Call-drop Rate for recommendation.

4.3.4 Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Number of
Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts, while the only difference is that the measurement
object is the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that
configured in the BSC.

4.3.5 Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Number of
Successful Downlink TBF Establishment, while the only difference is that the measurement
object is the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that
configured in the BSC.
Please refer to 6.2.1 Analyzing the Network Congestion Ratefor recommendation.

4.3.6 Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Number of
Downlink TBF Normal Release, while the only difference is that the measurement object is
the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the
BSC.
Please refer to 6.2.2 Analyzing the Network Call-drop Rate for recommendation.

4.3.7 Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Total Number of
Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent, while the only difference is that the measurement object is the
whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the BSC.

4.3.8 Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Total Bytes of
Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent, while the only difference is that the measurement object is the
whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the BSC.

4-6

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

4.3.9 Total Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Total Number of
Downlink LLC_PDUs Received, while the only difference is that the measurement object is
the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the
BSC.

4.3.10 Total Bytes of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Total Bytes of
Downlink LLC_PDUs Received, while the only difference is that the measurement object is
the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the
BSC.

4.3.11 Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Number of
Packet Paging Requests Sent, while the only difference is that the measurement object is the
whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the BSC.

4.3.12 Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Number of
Circuit Paging Requests Sent, while the only difference is that the measurement object is the
whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the BSC.

4.3.13 Mean Number of Available PDCHs


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement->
Mean Number of Available PDCHs, while the only difference is that the measurement object
is the whole BSC, which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the
BSC.
Please refer to 6.3 Analyzing the Data of PDCH for recommendation.

4.3.14 Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs


Please refer to the instruction of the item Cell Performance Measurement-> Mean Number of
Occupied PDCHs, while the only difference is that the measurement object is the whole BSC,
which including all the cells providing packet service that configured in the BSC.
Please refer to 6.3 Analyzing the Data of PDCH for recommendation.

4.4 NS Performance Measurement


4.4.1 NS Transmission Performance Measurement
Table 4-3 lists the measurement items of the Ns transmission performance measurement.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-7

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Table 4-3 NS transmission performance measurement


No.

Measurement item

Number of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer

Number of NS PDUs Received by NS Sublayer

Number of NS PDUs Discarded by NS Sublayer

Total Bytes of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer

Total Bytes NS PDUs Received by NS Sublayer

Number of RESET Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End

Number of RESET ACK Messages Received from Peer End

Number of RESET Messages Received by NS Sublayer from Peer End

Number of RESET ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End

10

Number of BLOCK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End

11

Number of BLOCK ACK Messages Received from Peer End

12

Number of BLOCK Messages Received from Peer End

13

Number of BLOCK ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End

14

Number of UNBLOCK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End

15

Number of UNBLOCK ACK Messages Received from Peer End

16

Number of UNBLOCK Messages Received from Peer

17

Number of UNBLOCK ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End

18

Peak Throughput(Bytes) of the Sent NS PDU

19

Peak Throughput(Bytes) of the Received NS PDU

The object of the measurement is NSVC.


The results of the measurement are used to:
Step 1 Analyze the traffic load of GPRS BSS. By observing a daily or weekly trend of the results, the
information may be used to determine the traffic load model for engineering design and
network planning. For example, Number of NS PDUs sent by NS sublayer reflects the load
sharing condition of NS sub-layer.
Step 2 Monitor the service of NS layer of Gb interface.

4-8

Analyze the available transmission bandwidth of NS layer. If the value of Number of NS


PDUs discarded by NS sublayer is relatively high and if each NSVC in the same NSE is
in normal state, it can be concluded that the available transmission bandwidth at the NS
layer is insufficient and that packet discarding is due to such insufficiency. Therefore, the
available timeslot of the BC should be increased.

Get reset information in Gb interface from the items such as Number of RESET
Messages Received by NS Sublayer from Peer End, etc.

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
z

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Get the block and unblock information of NS layer of Gb interface from the items such
as Number of BLOCK Messages Received from Peer End, etc.

----End

Number of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of sent NS PDUs in a certain
NSVC during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During measuring period, there are two types of measure point:

When receiving NS PDUs from higher layer (here referring to the BSSGP layer), the
local Gb board will first find available NSVC to send the NS PDUs. If failed, PCU will
send these NS PDUs to other Gb board to choose another available NSVC to send the
NS PDUs.

When receiving NS PDUs transmit from other Gb board, local Gb board will first find
available NSVC to send the NS PDUs.

There are three reasons for local Gb board to receive NS PDUs from other Gb board:

Sending from other Gb board because of transmit failure;

Sending from other Gb board because of traffic congestion;

Sending from other Gb board because of normal reason;

After successfully sending this NS PDUs through one NSVC, the measured value of the
NSVC will be increased by one.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of NS PDUs Received by NS Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of the received NS PDUs in a
certain NSVC during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During measuring period, when receiving NS PDUs from lower layer (here referring to
Frame Relay layer), before sending this NS PDUs to higher layer (here referring to
BSSGP layer), the measured value will be increased by one.

Effect of the Item


It reflects downlink NS PDU throughput of every measured NSVC in NS layer.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of NS PDUs Discarded by NS Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of the discarded NS PDUs in a
certain NSE during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-9

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Measurement Point
When receiving NS PDUs from higher layer (here referring to the BSSGP layer), the
local Gb board will first find available NSVC to send the NS PDUs. If failed, PCU will
send these NS PDUs to other Gb board to choose another available NSVC to send the
NS PDUs.
There are three reasons for local Gb board to receive NS PDUs from other Gb board:

Sending from other Gb board because of transmit failure;

Sending from other Gb board because of traffic congestion;

Sending from other Gb board because of normal reason;

If failure still occurs in finding other Gb board or another available NSVC, PCU will
discard this NS PDU through the first NSVC configured in the certain NSE, and the
measured value of the NSVC will be increased by one.
z

Effect of the Item


It reflects uplink NS PDU transmission failure caused by traffic congestion or NSVC
link fault in NS layer, which will impact upon the performance of packet service.

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Number of NS PDUs Discarded by NS Sublayer is relatively high
compared to the value of Number of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer, check and confirm
normal state in every NSVC configured in the certain NSE first.
Then check other performance measurements to confirm whether it is due to heavy
traffic, which will cause NSVC congestion all the time. If the traffic is too much heavy,
system expansion in Gb interface is recommended.

Total Bytes of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of total bytes number of NS PDUs sent
in a certain NSVC during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During measuring period, there are two type of measure point:
1. When receiving NS PDUs from higher layer (here referring to the BSSGP layer), the
local G board will first find available NSVC to send the NS PDUs. If failed, PCU will
send these NS PDUs to other Gb board to choose another available NSVC to send the
NS PDUs.
There are three reasons for local Gb board to receive NS PDUs from other Gb board:

Sending from other Gb board because of transmit failure;

Sending from other Gb board because of traffic congestion;

Sending from other Gb board because of normal reason;

2. When receiving NS PDUs transmit from other Gb board, local Gb board will first find
available NSVC to send the NS PDUs.
After successfully sending this NS PDUs, the measured value will be increased by the
size of the sending NS PDUs.
z

Effect of the Item


It reflects uplink NS PDU throughput of every measured NSVC in NS layer.
This item can reflect the Mean Downlink NS_PDUs Throughput, which is used to
measure the mean payload of the downlink NS PDU throughput of every NSVC at the
NS layer during the measuring period.

4-10

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Mean Downlink NS _ PDUs Throughput (kbits / s ) =


z

Total Bytes of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer 8


1024 Measuring Period 60

Huawei Recommendation
None

Total Bytes NS PDUs Received by NS Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total byte number of received NS PDUs in a
certain NSVC during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During measuring period, when receiving NS PDUs from lower layer (here referring to
Frame Relay layer), before sending this NS PDUs to higher layer (here referring to
BSSGP layer), the measured value will be increased by the size of the sending NS PDUs.

Effect of the Item


It reflects downlink NS PDU throughput of every measured NSVC in NS layer.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of RESET Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RESET messages sent from the
local end to the SGSN for NSVC resetting during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to reset some NSVC. When PCU originates
to reset some NSVC, a NSVC RESET message will be sent to SGSN, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-1, and the measured value will be increased by
one.

Figure 4-1 NSVC reset procedure originated by PCU


PCU

SGSN

NSVC RESET

A
NSVC RESET ACK
B

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Effect of the Item

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-11

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

None
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the measured value is relatively high, it is caused by fault in physical link of the Gb
interface, Data configuration error or data configuration of PCU inconsistency with that
of SGSN.
As a result, please check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration
to exclude this problem.

Number of RESET ACK Messages Received from Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RESET ACK messages received at
the local end from the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to reset some NSVC. When PCU originates
to reset some NSVC, a NSVC RESET message will be sent to SGSN. When the NSVC
RESET ACK message is received by PCU from the peer end, as the measurement point
B referred in Figure 4-1, this measured value will be increased by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The Number of RESET ACK Messages Received from Peer End should be equal to
Number of RESET ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End. If not equal, please
check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration.

Number of RESET Messages Received by NS Sublayer from Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RESET messages received at the
local end from the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to reset some NSVC. When SGSN originates
to reset some NSVC, a NSVC RESET message will be received by PCU, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-2, and the measured value will be increased by
one.

4-12

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-2 NSVC reset procedure originated by SGSN


PCU

SGSN

NSVC RESET

A
NSVC RESET ACK

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
If the measured value is relatively high, it is caused by fault in physical link of the Gb,
Data configuration error or data configuration of PCU inconsistence with that of SGSN.
As a result, please check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration
to exclude this problem.

Number of RESET ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RESET ACK messages sent from
the local end to the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to reset some NSVC. When SGSN originates
to reset some NSVC, a NSVC RESET message will be received by PCU. When the
NSVC RESET ACK message is sent by PCU from the peer end, as the measurement
point B referred in Figure 4-2, this measured value will be increased by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The Number of RESET ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End should be
equal to Number of RESET Messages Received by NS Sublayer from Peer End. If not
equal, please check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration.

Number of BLOCK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of BLOCK messages sent from the
local end to the SGSN during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Measurement Point

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-13

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to block some NSVC. When PCU originates
to block some NSVC, a NSVC BLOCK message will be sent to SGSN, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-3, and the measured value will be increased by
one.
Figure 4-3 NSVC block procedure originated by PCU
PCU

SGSN

NSVC BLOCK

A
NSVC BLOCK ACK
B

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The possible reasons of NSVC block procedure originated by PCU include: physical link
fault of the Gb interface, data configuration error of the physical link, NSVC blocking
initiated by the OM, or NSVC data configuration inconsistency between the PCU and
SGSN, etc.
Please check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration to confirm
no problem in Gb interface and data configuration.

Number of BLOCK ACK Messages Received from Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of BLOCK ACK messages received at
the local end from the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to block some NSVC. When PCU originates
to block some NSVC, a NSVC BLOCK message will be sent to SGSN. When the NSVC
BLOCK ACK message is received by PCU from the peer end, as the measurement point
B referred in Figure 4-3, this measured value will be increased by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The Number of BLOCK ACK Messages Received from Peer Endshould be equal to
Number of BLOCK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End. If not equal, please
check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration.

4-14

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of BLOCK Messages Received from Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of BLOCK messages received at the
local end from the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to block some NSVC. When SGSN
originates to block some NSVC, a NSVC BLOCK message will be received by PCU, as
the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-4, and the measured value will be
increased by one.

Figure 4-4 NSVC block procedure originated by SGSN


PCU

SGSN

NSVC BLOCK

A
NSVC BLOCK ACK
B

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The possible reasons of NSVC block procedure originated by SGSN include: physical
link fault of the Gb interface, data configuration error of the physical link, NSVC
blocking initiated by SGSN, or NSVC data configuration inconsistency between the
PCU and SGSN, etc.
Please check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration to confirm
no problem in Gb interface and data configuration.

Number of BLOCK ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of BLOCK ACK messages sent from
the local end to the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to block some NSVC. When SGSN
originates to block some NSVC, a NSVC BLOCK message will be received by PCU.
When the NSVC BLOCK ACK message is sent by PCU from the peer end, as the
measurement point B referred in Figure 4-4, this measured value will be increased by
one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Effect of the Item

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-15

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

None
z

Huawei Recommendation
The Number of BLOCK ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End should be
equal to the Number of BLOCK Messages Received from Peer End. If not equal, please
check the link state of the Gb interface and related data configuration.

Number of UNBLOCK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of UNBLOCK messages sent from the
local end to the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to unblock some NSVC. When PCU
originates to unblock some NSVC, a NSVC UNBLOCK message will be sent to SGSN,
as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-5, and the measured value will be
increased by one.

Figure 4-5 NSVC unblock procedure originated by PCU


PCU

SGSN

NSVC UNBLOCK

A
NSVC UNBLOCK ACK
B

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of UNBLOCK ACK Messages Received from Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of UNBLOCK ACK messages
received at the local end from the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to unblock some NSVC. When PCU
originates to unblock some NSVC, a NSVC UNBLOCK message will be sent to SGSN.
When the NSVC UNBLOCK ACK message is received by PCU from the peer end, as
the measurement point B referred in Figure 4-5, this measured value will be increased by
one.

4-16

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
z

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of UNBLOCK Messages Received from Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of UNBLOCK messages received at
the local end from the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to unblock some NSVC. When SGSN
originates to unblock some NSVC, a NSVC UNBLOCK message will be received by
PCU, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-6, and the measured value will be
increased by one.

Figure 4-6 NSVC unblock procedure originated by SGSN


PCU

SGSN

NSVC UNBLOCK

A
NSVC UNBLOCK ACK
B

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of UNBLOCK ACK Messages Sent by NS Sublayer to Peer End


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of UNBLOCK ACK messages sent
from the local end to the SGSN during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Both PCU and SGSN can notify each other to unblock some NSVC. When SGSN
originates to unblock some NSVC, a NSVC UNBLOCK message will be received by
PCU. When the NSVC UNBLOCK ACK message is sent by PCU from the peer end, as
the measurement point B referred in Figure 4-6, this measured value will be increased by
one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-17

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Peak Throughput(Bytes) of the Sent NS PDU


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the peak throughput of NS PDU sent on a NSVC
within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, total bytes of NS PDUs sent by NS sublayer will be
accumulated in every sampling period (5 seconds) and the maximum will be kept. At the
end of the measuring period, the maximum value will be returned to user.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Peak Throughput(Bytes) of the Received NS PDU


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the peak throughput of NS PDU received on a
NSVC within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, total bytes NS PDUs received by NS sublayer will be
accumulated in every sampling period (5 seconds) and the maximum will be kept. At the
end of the measuring period, the maximum value will be returned to user.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.5 BSSGP Performance Measurement


4.5.1 BSSGP Performance Measurement
Table 4-4 liststhe measurement items of the BSSGP performance measurement.
Table 4-4 BSSGP performance measurement

4-18

No.

Measurement item

Number of FLUSH_LL PDUs Received by BSSGP Sublayer

Number of SUSPEND PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer

Number of RESUME PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of RADIO_STATUS PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer

The object of the measurement is cell.


The results of the measurement are used to create traffic model.

Number of FLUSH_LL PDUs Received by BSSGP Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of FLUSH LL PDUs received in
a certain cell during the measuring period. When the SGSN detects cell update of the MS,
it will send the FLUSH LL message to the BSS.

Measurement Point
When the FLUSH LL PDU message is received by PCU, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-7, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-7 FLUSH_LL PDUs received by BSSGP sublayer


PCU

SGSN

FLUSH LL PDU

Effect of the Item


If PCU receives FLUSH LL PDU message, it will remove all the PDUs saved in the send
PDU buffer of old cell, or transmit some of them to the send PDU buffer of new cell. As
a result, the removed PDU will be retransmitted by SGSN, which will affect the
performance of packet service.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of SUSPEND PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of SUSPEND PDUs sent in a
certain cell during the measuring period. When MSs of Class B implement the circuit
service, they will send the SUSPEND PDU message to the SGSN to request packet
service interruption.

Measurement Point
When the SUSPEND PDU message is sent to SGSN by PCU, as the measurement point
A referred in Figure 4-8, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-19

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-8 SUSPEND PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer


PCU

SGSN
SUSPEND PDU

Effect of the Item


If PCU sends SUSPEND PDU message to request packet service interruption, the packet
service will be interrupted as a result, which will affect the performance of packet
service.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of RESUME PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of RESUME PDUs sent in a
certain cell during the measuring period. When MSs of Class B end the circuit service,
they will send the RESUME PDU message to the SGSN to request the resume of the
packet service.

Measurement Point
When the RESUME PDU message is sent to SGSN by PCU, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-9, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-9 RESUME PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer


PCU

SGSN
RESUME PDU

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4-20

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of RADIO_STATUS PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of RADIO STATUS PDUs sent
in a certain cell during the measuring period. When the communication cannot be
continued due to poor radio channel quality or when the BSS requests the MS to make
cell reselection, the BSS will send the RADIO STATUS PDU message to the SGSN.

Measurement Point
When the RADIO STATUS PDU message is sent to SGSN by PCU, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-10, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-10 RADIO STATUS PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer


PCU

SGSN
RADIO STATUS PDU

Effect of the Item


It reflects the air interface transmission quality of the cell. When the MS is outside the
coverage of the radio, or the communication can not proceed due to the bad radio
channel quality, the PCU will send the RADIO-STATUS PDU to the SGSN.

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to Number of RADIO_STATUS PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer in 7.1.1
Analyzing the Um Interface.

4.6 G-Abis Interface Performance Measurement


4.6.1 TRAU Link Measurement
Table 4-5 lists the measurement items of the TRAU link measurement.
Table 4-5 TRAU link measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of Normal Burst frames Received

Number of Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received

Number of Check Error Frames Received

Number of Valid TRAU Frames Sent

Number of Empty TRAU Frames Sent

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-21

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The object of the measurement is cell.


The initial items can be used to form the following items to reflect the performance of G-Abis
interface.
Step 1 Ratio of normal burst frames received: Number of Normal Burst frames Received \ (Number
of Normal Burst frames Received + Number of Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received +
Number of Check Error Frames Received).
Step 2 Ratio of received Out-of-Synchronization frames received: Number of
Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received \ (Number of Normal Burst frames Received +
Number of Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received + Number of Check Error Frames
Received)
Step 3 Ratio of check error frames received: Number of Check Error Frames Received \ (Number of
Normal Burst frames Received + Number of Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received +
Number of Check Error Frames Received)
Step 4 Ratio of valid TRAU frames sent: Number of Valid TRAU Frames Sent \ (Number of Valid
TRAU Frames Sent + Number of Empty TRAU Frames Sent)
Step 5 Ratio of empty TRAU frames sent: Number of Empty TRAU Frames Sent \ (Number of Valid
TRAU Frames Sent + Number of Empty TRAU Frames Sent)
----End

Number of Normal Burst frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of normal TRAU frames received
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When an uplink normal TRAU frame is received from G-Abis interface, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-11, the number of normal burst frames
received will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-11 Normal burst frames received from G-Abis interface


BTS

PCU
NORMAL TRAU FRAME

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of Check Error Frames Received, this item can reflect the G-Abis
Frame Error Rate, which is used to measure the occupation of check error frames
received in normal burst frames received during the measuring period and reveals the
G-Abis link quality directly.

4-22

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

G Abis Frame Error Rate =


z

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Check Error Frames Re ceived


100%
Number of Normal Burst Frames Re ceived

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface.

Number of Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of Out-of-Synchronization frames
received during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When an uplink Out-of-Synchronization TRAU frame is received from G-Abis interface,
as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-12, the number of
Out-of-Synchronization frames received is incremented by one.

Figure 4-12 Out-of-Synchronization frames received from G-Abis interface


PCU

BTS
OUT-OF-SYNCHRONIZATION TRAU FRAME

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface.

Number of Check Error Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of check error frames received during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When an uplink check error TRAU frame is received from G-Abis interface, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-13, the number of check error frames received
is incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-23

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-13 Check error frames received from G-Abis interface


PCU

BTS
CHECK ERROR TRAU FRAME

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of Normal Burst frames Received, this item can reflect the
G-Abis Frame Error Rate, which is used to measure the occupation of check error
frames received in normal burst frames received during the measuring period and reveals
the G-Abis link quality directly.

G Abis Frame Error Rate =


z

Number of Check Error Frames Re ceived


100%
Number of Normal Burst Frames Re ceived

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface.

Number of Valid TRAU Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of valid TRAU frames sent during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
When a downlink valid TRAU frame carrying a valid data block is sent to G-Abis
interface, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-14, the number of valid TRAU
frames sent is incremented by one.

Figure 4-14 Valid TRAU frames sent to G-Abis interface


PCU

BTS
VALID TRAU FRAME

Effect of the Item


None

4-24

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Please refer to 7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface.

Number of Empty TRAU Frames Sent


z

Description
This measurement is used to measure the number of empty TRAU frames sent during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
When a downlink empty TRAU frame not including valid RLC/MAC block data is sent
to G-Abis interface, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-15, the number of
empty TRAU frames sent is incremented by one.

Figure 4-15 Empty TRAU frames sent to G-Abis interface


PCU

BTS
EMPTY TRAU FRAME

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface.

4.7 Pb Interface Performance Measurement


4.7.1 LAPD Link Measurement
Table 4-6 lists the measurement items of the LAPD link measurement.
Table 4-6 LAPD link measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of SABM Frames Sent

Number of SABM Frames Received

Number of UA Frames Sent

Number of UA Frames Received

Number of REJ Frames Sent

Number of REJ Frames Received

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-25

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of Information Frames Sent

Number of Information Frames Received

Bytes of Information Frames Sent

10

Bytes of Information Frames Received

11

Number of Information Frame Resend Times

12

Number of Data Transmit Requests From L3 to LAPD

13

Bytes of Data Transmit Requests From L3 to LAPD

14

Number of Received Frames with Wrong Receiving Number

15

Number of Downlink Message Queue Overflows

16

Number of Uplink Message Queue Overflows

17

Total Number of Frames Received

18

Total Number of Error Frames Received

19

Total Number of Frames Sent

The object of the measurement is LAPD.


The initial items can be used to reflect the performance of Pb interface, and they are also
helpful for troubleshooting of the GPRS network. Please refer to the analysis and application
part of each item for the detailed usage.

Number of SABM Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of SABM frames requesting link
establishment sent during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the LAPD module link is not established or link disconnection is detected at the local
end, the local end will send the SABM frame to the peer end to request link
establishment. Both PCU and BSC can initiate request link establishment. When the
protocol layer of the LAPD module of PCU sends the SABM frame to request link
establishment, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-16, the measured value
will be incremented by one.

4-26

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-16 Send the SABM frame to request link establishment by PCU
PCU

BSC
SABM

Effect of the Item


This statistical result can indicate whether the LAPD link is normal.

Huawei Recommendation
This frame should appear for one or zero time(s) only when the LAPD link is initialized
and it should not show up any longer after the LAPD link establishment. If the measured
values of all statistics items in the statistical result are zero except that of this statistics
item, it can be considered that the link is completely disconnected. Please check whether
the corresponding E1 link is normally connected and whether the LAPD data
configuration of the PCU is consistent with that of the BSC. If the measured values of
other statistics items in the statistical result are not zero besides that of this statistics item,
it can be considered that the local end attempts to reestablish link for N times, i.e., the
link is disconnected for N times. In such case, it can be considered that the E1 line is
connected but it is of poor transmission quality. Please check and confirm the following
items. The various interfaces in the E1 line are well contacted. The sending end is
correctly grounded. The E1 line is not in single-pass state. The E1 clock source of the
PCU is set as the slave clock. The clock of the BSC is stable and its error is not greater
than 0.1Hz. And there is no strong EMC interference source in the surroundings.
Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

Number of SABM Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of SABM frames requesting link
establishment received during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the LAPD module link is not established or link disconnection is detected at the local
end, the local end will send the SABM frame to the peer end to request link
establishment. Both PCU and BSC can initiate request link establishment. When the
SABM frame to request link establishment sent by the protocol layer of the LAPD
module of BSC is received, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-17, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-27

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-17 Send the SABM frame to request link establishment by BSC
PCU

BSC
SABM

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer the instruction of corresponding part of Number of SABM Frames Sent.

Number of UA Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of link establishment response frames
sent during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the local end receives the SABM frame (for link establishment) from the peer end and
if everything at the local end is normal, then the local end will enter into the link
establishment state and send the UA frame to the peer end to indicate its acceptance of
the link establishment request. Both PCU and BSC can initiate request link establishment,
and the other peer end should response the request. When the UA frame to acknowledge
request link establishment sent by the protocol layer of the LAPD module of BSC is
received, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-18, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Figure 4-18 Send the UA frame to acknowledge link establishment by PCU


PCU

BSC
UA

Effect of the Item


This statistical result can indicate whether the LAPD link is normal.

4-28

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

This frame should appear for one or zero times only when the LAPD link is initialized
and it should not show up any longer after the LAPD link establishment. If the measured
value is greater than 1, it can be considered that the E1 line is connected but it is of poor
transmission quality. Please check and confirm the following items. The various
interfaces in the E1 line are well contacted. The sending end is correctly grounded. The
E1 line is not in single-pass state. The E1 clock source of the PCU is set as the slave
clock. The clock of the BSC is stable and its error is not greater than 0.1Hz. And there is
no strong EMC interference source in the surroundings.

Number of UA Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of link establishment response frames
received during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the local end receives the SABM frame (for link establishment) from the peer end and
if everything at the local end is normal, then the local end will enter into the link
establishment state and send the UA frame to the peer end to indicate its acceptance of
the link establishment request. Both PCU and BSC can initiate request link establishment,
and the other peer end should response the request. When the UA frame to acknowledge
link establishment request sent by the protocol layer of the LAPD module of BSC is
received, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-19, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Figure 4-19 Send the UA frame to acknowledge link establishment by BSC


PCU

BSC
UA

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer the instruction of corresponding part of Number of UA Frames Sent.

Number of REJ Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of REJECT (REJ) frames sent during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the sending sequence number of the LAPD frame received by the local end from the
peer end is different from the expected sequence number (for example, the local end
expects to receive frame 2 from the peer end, however, it receives frame 4 actually), then

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-29

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

the local end will send the REJECT frame to the peer end to request retransmission. As a
result, both PCU and BSC will send the REJECT frame to the peer end to request
retransmission. When the REJECT frame to request retransmission sent by the protocol
layer of the LAPD module of BSC is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-20, the measured value will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-20 REJ frame sent by PCU to request retransmission LAPD frame
PCU

BSC
LAPD FRAME transmission
REJECT

LAPD FRAME retransmission

Effect of the Item


This statistical result reveals the transmission quality of the LAPD link.

Huawei Recommendation
The reference range of this measurement item is 0~5 per 15 minutes. If the measured
value is not within the reference range, it can be considered that the E1 line is connected
but it is of poor transmission quality. Please check and confirm the following items. The
various interfaces in the E1 line are well contacted. The sending end is correctly
grounded. The E1 line is not in single-pass state. The E1 clock source of the PCU is set
as the slave clock. The clock of the BSC is stable and its error is not greater than 0.1Hz.
And there is no strong EMC interference source in the surroundings.

Number of REJ Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of REJECT (REF) frames received
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the sending sequence number of the LAPD frame received by the local end from the
peer end is different from the expected sequence number (for example, the local end
expects to receive frame 2 from the peer end, however, it receives frame 4 actually), then
the local end will send the REJECT frame to the peer end to request retransmission. As a
result, both PCU and BSC will send the REJECT frame to the peer end to request
retransmission. When the REJECT frame to request retransmission sent by the protocol
layer of the LAPD module of BSC is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-21, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-30

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-21 REJ frame sent by BSC to request retransmission LAPD frame
PCU

BSC
LAPD FRAME transmission
REJECT

LAPD FRAME retransmission

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer the instruction of corresponding part of Number of REJ Frames Sent.

Number of Information Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of information frames sent during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
PCU will get information frame from downlink message queue which is from the PCU
higher layer and send it to BSC. When the protocol layer of the LAPD module sends the
information frame bearing the message to the BSC, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The reference range of this measurement item is 0~100 per second which is based on the
configuration of one 64kbit/s LAPD signalling link. If the measured value is not within
the reference range, it can be considered that the transmission load exceeds the bearing
capacity of the LAPD, more LAPD links should be added.
Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

Number of Information Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of information frames received during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
PCU will put information frame bearing the message from the BSC higher layer into
uplink message queue and send it to higher layer. When the protocol layer of the LAPD
module receives the information frame, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-31

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface

Bytes of Information Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the byte number of information frames sent during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
PCU will get information frame from downlink message queue which is from the PCU
higher layer and send it to BSC. When the protocol layer of the LAPD module sends the
information frame bearing the message to the BSC, the measured value will be
incremented by the byte number of the corresponding information frames.

Effect of the Item


This item reflects the capacity of LAPD transmission. The reference range of this
measurement item is 0-6000 byte(s) per second which is based on the configuration of
one 64kbit/s LAPD signalling link.

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

Bytes of Information Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the byte number of information frames received
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
PCU will put information frame bearing the message from the BSC higher layer into
uplink message queue and send it to higher layer. When the protocol layer of the LAPD
module receives the information frame, the measured value will be incremented by the
byte number of the corresponding information frames.

Effect of the Item


Please refer the instruction of corresponding part of Bytes of Information Frames Sent.

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

Number of Information Frame Resend Times


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of information frame resend times
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
If the sending sequence number of the information frame received by the local end from
the peer end is different from the expected sequence number (for example, the local end
expects to receive frame 2 from the peer end, however, it receives frame 4 actually), then
the local end will sends the REJECT frame to the peer end to request retransmission.
When the REJECT frame to request retransmission sent by the protocol layer of the
LAPD module of BSC is received, PCU will retransmit the previous Information frame
rejected by BSC, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-21, and the measured
value will be incremented by one.

4-32

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-22 REJ frame received and Information frame retransmitted


PCU

BSC
Information FRAME transmission
REJECT
Information FRAME retransmission A

Effect of the Item


This statistical result reveals the transmission quality of the LAPD link.

Huawei Recommendation
The reference range of this measurement item is 0~10 per 15 minutes. If the measured
value is not within the reference range, it can be considered that the E1 line is connected
but it is of poor transmission quality. Please check and confirm the following items. The
various interfaces in the E1 line are well contacted. The sending end is correctly
grounded. The E1 line is not in single-pass state. The E1 clock source of the PCU is set
as the slave clock. The clock of the BSC is stable and its error is not greater than 0.1Hz.
And there is no strong EMC interference source in the surroundings.
Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

Number of Data Transmit Requests From L3 to LAPD


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of data transmit requests initiated by
Layer 3 (L3) to LAPD during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the protocol layer of the LAPD module receives the information transmit request
from the higher layer, the measured value will be incremented by one, and PCU will put
the information frame bearing the message into downlink message queue to send it to
BSC.

Effect of the Item


This statistical result reveals the transmission load of the local LAPD link. This
measured value indicates the number of messages the PCU higher layer requests the
LAPD module to transmit.

Huawei Recommendation
The reference range of this measurement item is 0~100 per second. If the measured
value is not within the reference range, more LAPD links should be added. If the
measured value is greater than that of Number of Information Frames Sent, it can be
considered that the transmission load exceeds the bearing capacity of the LAPD, more
LAPD links should be added.

Bytes of Data Transmit Requests From L3 to LAPD


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the byte number of information that L3 requests
LAPD to send during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-33

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Measurement Point
When the protocol layer of the LAPD module receives the information transmit request
from the higher layer, the measured value will be incremented by the size of the data
packet, and PCU will put the information frame bearing the message into downlink
message queue to send it to BSC.

Effect of the Item


This statistical result reveals the transmission load of the local LAPD link. This
measured value indicates the number of messages the PCU higher layer requests the
LAPD module to transmit.

Huawei Recommendation
The reference range of this measurement item is 0~5000 bytes per second. If the
measured value is not within the reference range, more LAPD links should be added. If
the measured value is greater than that of Bytes of Information Frames Sent, it can be
considered that the transmission load exceeds the bearing capacity of the LAPD, more
LAPD links should be added.

Number of Received Frames with Wrong Receiving Number


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of frames whose receiving sequence
number are not right during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
The NR value in the remote LAPD frame from the LAPD frame is illegal. The NR value
indicates the sequence number of the local LAPD information frame the peer end
expects to receive. If the NR value is not within the legal range of the local sending
sequence number, error will be caused.
When the receiving sequence number in the information frame received by the protocol
layer of the LAPD module is illegal, which indicates that there must be error in the
LAPD link, the measured value will be incremented by one, and the LAPD link should
be re-established.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
If the measured value is not 0, it can be considered that the E1 link is connected but it is
of poor transmission quality. Please check and confirm the following items. The various
interfaces in the E1 line are well contacted. The sending end is correctly grounded. The
E1 line is not in single-pass state. The E1 clock source of the PCU is set as the slave
clock. The clock of the BSC is stable and its error is not greater than 0.1Hz. And there is
no strong EMC interference source in the surroundings.

Number of Downlink Message Queue Overflows


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of overflows occurring in the queue
from L3 to the LAPD module during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the protocol layer of the LAPD module receives the information transmit request
from the higher layer, PCU will put the message into downlink message queue to send it
to BSC. If the downlink message queue is already full, PCU will discard the message
due to the queue overflow, and the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-34

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
z

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value can be used to judge whether the higher layer traffic requirement
exceeds the LAPD link load capacity. If the measured value is not 0, more LAPD links
should be added.
Please refer to 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

Number of Uplink Message Queue Overflows


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of overflows occurring in the queue
from the LAPD module to L3 during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the protocol layer of the LAPD module receives the information frame from BSC,
PCU will put the message into uplink message queue to send it to high layer. If the
uplink message queue is already full, PCU will discard the message due to the queue
overflow, and the measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value can be used to judge whether the higher layer traffic requirement
exceeds the LAPD link load capacity. If the measured value is not 0, more LAPD links
should be added.

Total Number of Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of frames received during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the physical layer of the LAPD module receives the frame, the measured value
will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Total Number of Error Frames Received, this statistics can reflect
Error Frames Rate, which is used to measure the error frames rate during the
measuring period and reveals the transmission quality of the LAPD link.

Error Frames Rate =


z

Total Number of Error Frames Re ceived


100%
Total Number of Frames Re ceived

Huawei Recommendation
None

Total Number of Error Frames Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of error frames received during
the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Measurement Point

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-35

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

When the physical layer of LAPD module receives the error frames, such as the frames
with non-octet bytes, the frames with aborted receiving, the frames with CRC check
error, the measured value will be incremented by one.
z

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Total Number of Frames Received, this statistics can reflect
Error Frames Rate, which is used to measure the error frames rate during the
measuring period and reveals the transmission quality of the LAPD link.

Error Frames Rate =


z

Total Number of Error Frames Re ceived


100%
Total Number of Frames Re ceived

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value can be used to judge the transmission quality of the line. This
statistical result reveals the transmission quality of the LAPD link. If this value is
increased constantly, or the value of the item Error Frames Rate is more than 0.02%,
please check and confirm the following items. The various interfaces in the E1 line are
well contacted. The sending end is correctly grounded. The E1 line is not in single-pass
state. The E1 clock source of the PCU is set as the slave clock. The clock of the BSC is
stable and its error is not greater than 0.1Hz. And there is no strong EMC interference
source in the surroundings.

Total Number of Frames Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of frames sent during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the physical layer of the LAPD module sends the frame, the measured value will
be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The comparison between the measured value and the corresponding measured value of
the BSC can help to analyze the transmission quality of the LAPD module of the BSC.

4.8 Cell Performance Measurement


Table 4-7 lists the measurement items of the cell performance measurement.
Table 4-7 Cell performance measurement

4-36

No.

Measurement item

Packet Access Performance Measurement on CCCH

Packet Access Performance Measurement on PCCCH

Packet Access Performance Measurement on PACCH

Rate of Successful Packet Assignment

Paging Request Measurement

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Uplink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement

Downlink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement

Uplink LLC Data Transmission Measurement

Downlink LLC Data Transmission Measurement

10

Uplink RLC Data Transmission Measurement

11

Downlink RLC Data Transmission Measurement

12

Cell Radio Channel Performance Measurement

13

Resource Maintenance Performance Measurement

14

PDCH Resource Performance Measurement

15

PDCH Extremum Value Measurement

16

Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release Measurement

17

Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release Measurement

18

Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement

19

Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement

20

EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement

21

EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement

The object of the measurement is cell.

4.8.1 Packet Access Performance Measurement on CCCH


Table 4-8 lists the measurement items of the packet access performance measurement on
CCCH.
Table 4-8 Packet access performance measurement on CCCH
No.

Measurement item

Number of Packet Channel Requests Received on

Number of One Phase Access Requests Received on RACH

Number of Single Block Channel Requests Received on RACH

Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on CCCH (s)

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-37

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Packet Channel Requests Received on CCCH


z

Description
This item is used to measure the total number of packet channel requests received on
CCCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The mobile station initiates the packet access procedure by scheduling the sending of
CHANNEL REQUEST message on RACH. The packet access includes following types:
single block packet access, one phase access and two phase access, the CHANNEL
REQUEST messages contain the parameters of an establishment cause which indicates
the type of packet access.
When the PCU receives the CHANNEL REQUEST messages on CCCH from the MS, as
the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-23, the value of this item is incremented by
one.

Figure 4-23 Channel Request message received on CCCH


MS

NETWORK
CHANNEL REQUEST

Effect of the Item


This statistic item can affect the item Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests
on CCCH (s), which is used to measure the mean inter-arrival time of packet access
requests on the CCCH during the measuring period. You can get more detailed
instruction from Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on CCCH (s)

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of One Phase Access Requests Received on RACH


z

Description
This item is used to measure the total number of one phase access requests received on
RACH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
When the PCU receives one phase access requests on RACH from the MS, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-24 the CHANNEL REQUEST message
contain the parameters of establishment cause which indicates one phase access, the
value of this item is incremented by one.

4-38

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-24 One phase access requests received on RACH


MS

NETWORK
CHANNEL REQUEST
(One phase access)

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Single Block Channel Requests Received on RACH


z

Description
This item is used to measure the total number of single block access requests received on
RACH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
When the PCU receives single block access requests on RACH from the MS, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-25, the CHANNEL REQUEST messages
contain the parameters of establishment cause which indicates single block access
procedure; the value of this item is incremented by one.

Figure 4-25 Single block channel requests received on RACH


MS

NETWORK
CHANNEL REQUEST
(Single block access)

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on CCCH (s)


z

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Description

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-39

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

This statistics item is used to measure the mean inter-arrival time of packet access
requests on CCCH within a measurement period.
z

Measurement Point
The item Mean Inter-Arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on CCCH is calculated
by the time length of the measuring period and the item Number of Packet Channel
Requests Received on CCCH during the measuring period as follow.
Mean Inter Arrival Time of Packet Access Re quests on CCCH (s ) =

A Number of Packet Channel Re quests Re ceived on CCCH


z

Measuring Period 60
A

Effect of the Item


This item reveals the packet access frequency on the CCCH.

Huawei Recommendation
The random radio access conflict situation can be analyzed according to this item
together with uplink and downlink packet assignment successful rate, and the random
radio access conflict can be decreased through modifying parameters concerning access
threshold of CCCH and mean inter-arrival time of packet access requests on CCCH.

4.8.2 Packet Access Performance Measurement on PCCCH


Table 4-9 lists the measurement items of the packet access performance measurement on
PCCCH.
Table 4-9 Packet access performance measurement on PCCCH
No.

Measurement item

Number of Packet Channel Requests Received on PCCCH

Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on PCCCH (s)

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Number of Packet Channel Requests Received on PCCCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of packet channel requests received on
the PCCCH within a measurement period.
The mobile station shall initiate the packet access procedure by scheduling the sending
of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message on the PRACH If PCCCH is allocated in
the cell.

Measurement Point
When the PCU receives the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages on PCCCH
from the MS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-26, the value of this item
is incremented by one.

4-40

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-26 Channel Request message received on PCCCH


MS

NETWORK
PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST

Effect of the Item


This item can reflect Mean inter-arrival time of packet access requests on PCCCH,
which is used to measure the mean inter-arrival time of packet access requests on the
PCCCH during the measuring period. You can get more detailed instruction from Mean
Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on PCCCH (s).

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on PCCCH (s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean inter-arrival time of packet access
requests on PCCCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
This item is calculated by the time length of measuring period and the number of packet
access requests received on the PCCCH during the measuring period as follow.
Mean Inter Arrival Time of Packet Access Re quests on PCCCH (s ) =

A Number of Packet Channel Re quests Re ceived on PCCCH


z

Measuring Period 60
A

Effect of the Item


This item reveals the packet access frequency on the PCCCH.

Huawei Recommendation
The random radio access conflict situation can be analyzed according to this item
together with uplink and downlink packet assignment successful rate, and the random
radio access conflict can be decreased through modifying parameters concerning access
threshold of PCCCH and mean inter-arrival time of packet access requests on PCCCH.

4.8.3 Packet Access Performance Measurement on PACCH


Table 4-10 lists the measurement items of the packet access performance measurement on
PACCH.
Table 4-10 .Packet access performance measurement on PACCH
No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink Resource Requests Received on Uplink PACCH

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-41

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink Resource Requests Received on Downlink PACCH

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Number of Uplink Resource Requests Received on Uplink PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink resource requests received
on the PACCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
In the two phase packet access, the MS requests additional resources by sending
PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message to establish uplink TBF. When the PACKET
RESOURCE REQUEST message is received on the uplink PACCH, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-27, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-27 Two phase packet access


MS

NETWORK
CHANNEL REQUEST
(Single block access)
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
(Single block)
PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Uplink Resource Requests Received on Downlink PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink channel request messages
sent by the MS in PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK messages within a measurement
period. The mobile station may request establishment of an uplink transfer during a
downlink TBF by including a Channel Request Description information element in the
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message.

4-42

Measurement Point

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

When MS want to establish uplink TBF in existed downlink TBF, it will attach the
PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST description in PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
message sent to network, which is used to ackowledge the downlink transmission results.
When the PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message including a Channel Request
Description information element is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-28, the measured value will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-28 Establish uplink TBF in downlink TBF
MS

NETWORK

DOWNLINK DATA BLOCKS

PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK


(Channel Request Description)
A

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.4 Rate of Successful Packet Assignment


Table 4-11 lists the measurement items of the packet assignment success rate.
Table 4-11 Packet assignment success rate.
No.
1

Measurement item
Number of Uplink Assignments

Number of Successful Uplink Assignments

Number of Uplink Immediate Assignments

Number of Successful Uplink Immediate Assignments

Number of Uplink Assignments on PACCH

Number of Successful Uplink Assignment on PACCH

Number of Downlink Assignments

Number of Successful Downlink Assignments

Number of Downlink Immediate Assignments

10

Number of Successful Downlink Immediate Assignments

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-43

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

11

Number of Downlink Assignments on PACCH

12

Number of Successful Downlink Assignments on PACCH

Number of Uplink Assignments


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of all uplink assignment (including single
block assignment) messages within a measurement period.
Measurement Point
The uplink assignments include the following situations:
Step 1 Immediate assignment.
On receipt of a CHANNEL REQUEST message which indicates a packet access, the network
may assign the packet uplink resource to the mobile station in an IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message. When the uplink assignment is sent, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-29, the measured value will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-29 Immediate assignment
MS

NETWORK

CHANNEL REQUEST

IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT

Step 2 Uplink assignment on PACCH


On receipt of an uplink resource requests message on uplink or downlink PACCH, the
network may assign a radio resource on one or more PDCH(s) to be used by the MS in a
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message. When the uplink assignment is sent, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-30, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-44

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-30 Uplink assignment on PACCH


MS

NETWORK
PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST or
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
(Channel Request Decription)

PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT

Step 3 Uplink assignment on PCCCH


If PCCCH is allocated in the cell, on receipt of a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message
on the PRACH, the network may assign a radio resource on one or more PDCH(s) to be used
by the MS in a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message. When the uplink assignment is
sent on PCCCH channel, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-31, the measured
value will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-31 Uplink assignment on PCCCH
MS

NETWORK

PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST

PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT

Effect of the Item


None
Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-45

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Successful Uplink Assignments


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink assignment successes within a
measurement period. The assignment success means that the uplink data block is received or
that the single block uplink message successfully received.
Measurement Point
The successful uplink assignments include the following situations:
Step 1 Uplink data block received
On receipt of uplink data block after sending immediate assignment or packet uplink
assignment from network to MS, it indicates that the MS has received uplink assignment
successfully. When the uplink data block is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-32, the number of successful uplink assignment is incremented by one.
Figure 4-32 Uplink data block received
MS

NETWORK
IMMEIDATE ASSIGNMENT or
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT

UPLINK DATA BLOCK

Step 2 Packet resource request or measurement report received.


On receipt of packet resource requests after sending immediate assignment, it indicates that
the MS has received immediate assignment for single block successfully. When the PACKET
RESOURCE REQUEST message received, as the measurement point A referred in Figure
4-33, the number of successful uplink assignment is incremented by one.

4-46

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-33 Packet resource request or measurement report received


MS

NETWORK
IMMEIDATE ASSIGNMENT
(Single block)

PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of uplink assignments, this item can reflect the Uplink Assignment
Successful Rate, which is used to measure the uplink assignment success rate during the
measuring period.
Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Number of Successful Uplink Assignments is relatively low compared to that
of
Number of Uplink Assignments, some problems may lie in radio environment, network
parameter configuration, network resource configuration and network equipment. Please
check which is the lowest, the rate of uplink immediate assignment successes, the rate of
uplink assignment successes on the PCCCH or the rate of uplink assignment successes on the
PACCH. Then handle the different problems accordingly and properly.
No channel resource or MS no response will cause uplink assignment failure. Therefore,
please see more detailed analysis from the corresponding part of Number of Uplink TBF
Establishment Failures due to No Channel and Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures
due to Ms No Response
----End

Number of Uplink Immediate Assignments


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink immediate assignment
messages within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
On receipt of a CHANNEL REQUEST message which indicates a packet access, the
network may assign the packet uplink resource to the mobile station in an IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message. When the uplink assignment is sent, as the measurement point
A referred in Figure 4-29, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of Successful Uplink Immediate Assignments, this item can
reflect the Uplink Immediate Assignment Successful Rate, which is used to measure
the uplink immediate assignment successful rate during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-47

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Uplink Im mediate Assignment Success Rate = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Uplink Im mediate Assignment s
B Number of Uplink Im mediate Assignment s
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Successful Uplink Immediate Assignments


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink immediate assignment successes
within a measurement period.
Measurement Point
The successful uplink immediate assignments include the following situations:
Step 1 Uplink immediate assignment.
On receipt of uplink data block after sending immediate assignment on AGCH channel from
network to MS, it indicates that the MS has received uplink immediate assignment
successfully. When the uplink data block is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-34, the number of successful uplink assignment is incremented by one.
Figure 4-34 Uplink immediate assignment
MS

NETWORK

IMMEIDATE ASSIGNMENT

UPLINK DATA BLOCK

Step 2 Single block immediate assignment


On receipt of a packet resource requests after sending immediate assignment on AGCH
channel, it indicates that the MS has received immediate assignment for single block
successfully. When the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message received, as the
measurement point A referred inFigure 4-35, the number of successful uplink assignment is
incremented by one.

4-48

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-35 Single block immediate assignment


MS

NETWORK
IMMEIDATE ASSIGNMENT
(Single block)

PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Uplink Immediate Assignments, this item can reflect
Uplink Immediate Assignment Success Rate, which is used to measure the uplink
immediate assignment successful rate during the measuring period.

Uplink Im mediate Assignment success Rate = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Uplink Im mediate Assignment s
B Number of Uplink Im mediate Assignment s
Huawei Recommendation
If the value is lower than 85%, some problems may lie in radio environment, network
parameter configuration, network resource configuration and network equipment. They
should be optimized.
Uplink assignment is comprised of uplink immediate assignment and uplink assignment on
PACCH. Therefore, please refer to the corresponding part of Number of Successful Uplink
Assignments.
----End

Number of Uplink Assignments on PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink assignment messages
received on the PACCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
On receipt of an uplink resource requests message on uplink or downlink PACCH, the
network may assign a radio resource on one or more PDCH(s) to be used by the MS in a
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message. When the uplink assignment is sent, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-30,, the measured value will be incremented
by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Effect of the Item

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-49

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Together with the item Number of Successful Uplink Assignment on PACCH, this item
can reflect Uplink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH, which is used to measure the
uplink assignment successful rate on PACCH during the measuring period.

Uplink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Uplink Assignment s on PACCH
B Number of Uplink Assignment s on PACCH
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Successful Uplink Assignment on PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the rate of uplink assignment successes on the
PACCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
When the uplink data of the MS are received or when the single block uplink message
received (such as packet resource request or measurement report) after sending uplink
assignment on PACCH, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-36, the number
of uplink assignments on the PACCH will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-36 Successful uplink assignment on PACCH


MS

NETWORK
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT

UPLINK DATA BLOCK

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Uplink Assignments on PACCH, this item can reflect
Uplink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH, which is used to measure the uplink
assignment successful rate on PACCH during the measuring period.

Uplink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Uplink Assignment s on PACCH
B Number of Uplink Assignment s on PACCH
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value is lower than 85%, some problems may lie in radio environment, network
parameter configuration, network resource configuration and network equipment. They
should be optimized.

4-50

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Uplink assignment is comprised of uplink immediate assignment and uplink assignment


on PACCH. Therefore, please refer to the corresponding part of Number of Successful
Uplink Assignments.

Number of Downlink Assignments


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink assignment messages within a
measurement period.
The network initiates the packet downlink assignment procedure by sending an IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message on the CCCH timeslot corresponding to CCCH group the mobile
station belongs to.
Measurement Point
The downlink assignments include the following situations:
Step 1 Downlink immediate assignments
The network initiates the immediate downlink assignment procedure by sending an
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message on the CCCH. When the downlink assignment
message is sent, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-37, the measured value will
be incremented by one.
Figure 4-37 Downlink immediate assignments
MS

NETWORK
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT

Step 2 Downlink assignments on PACCH


The network may initiate packet downlink assignment by sending a PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT message to the mobile station on the PACCH. When the downlink
assignment message is sent, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-38, the measured
value will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-51

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-38 Downlink assignments on PACCH


MS

NETWORK

PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT

Effect of the Item


None
Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Number of Successful Downlink Assignments


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink assignment successes within a
measurement period.
Measurement Point
The successful downlink assignments include the following situations:
Step 1 On receipt of PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT after immediate assignment on
CCCH and then polling request message on assigned control PDCH channel, it indicates that
the MS has received downlink immediate assignment successfully. When the network
received PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message from the MS after
downlink assignment, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-39, the number of
downlink assignment successes will be incremented by one.

4-52

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-39 Successful Downlink immediate assignments


MS

NETWORK

IMMEDIATE

ASSIGNMENT(downlink)

PACKET POLLING REQUEST


PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
A

Step 2 On receipt of PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT after PACKET DOWNLINK


ASSIGNMENT message on PACCH, it indicates that the MS has received downlink
assignment successfully. When the network received PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message from the MS after packet downlink assignment, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-40, the number of downlink assignment successes
will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-40 Successful Downlink assignments on PACCH
MS

NETWORK

PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT

PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT


A

Effect of the Item

None
Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Number of Successful Downlink Assignments is relatively low compared to
that of Number of Downlink Assignments, some problems may lie in radio environment,
network parameter configuration, network resource configuration and network equipment.
Please check which is the lowest, the rate of downlink immediate assignment successes, the
rate of downlink assignment successes on the PAGCH or the rate of downlink assignment
successes on the PACCH. Then handle the different problems accordingly and properly.
Whats more, lots of cell change and update procedure will also inevitably cause downlink
assignment successful rate relatively low.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-53

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No channel resource or MS no response will cause downlink assignment failure. Therefore,


please see more detailed analysis from the corresponding part of Number of Downlink TBF
Establishment Failures due to No Channeland Number of Downlink TBF Establishment
Failures due to MS No Response.
----End

Number of Downlink Immediate Assignments


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink immediate assignment
messages within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The network initiates the packet downlink assignment procedure by sending an
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message on the CCCH. When the downlink assignment
message is sent, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-37, the measured value
will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Successful Downlink Immediate Assignments, this
item can reflect Downlink Immediate Assignment Success Rate, which is used to
measure the downlink immediate assignment successful rate during the measuring
period.

Downlink Im mediate Assignment Success Rate = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Downlink Im mediate Assignment s
B Number of Downlink Im mediate Assignment s
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Successful Downlink Immediate Assignments


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink immediate assignment
successes within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
On receipt of PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT after immediate
assignment on CCCH and then polling request message on assigned control PDCH
channel, it indicates that the MS has received downlink immediate assignment
successfully. When the network received PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message from the MS after downlink assignment, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-39, the number of downlink assignment
successes will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Downlink Immediate Assignments, this item can
reflect Downlink Immediate Assignment Success Rate, which is used to measure the
downlink immediate assignment successful rate during the measuring period.

Downlink Im mediate Assignment Success Rate = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Downlink Im mediate Assignment s

4-54

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

B Number of Downlink Im mediate Assignment s


z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value is lower than 70%, some problems may lie in radio environment, network
parameter configuration, network resource configuration and network equipment. They
should be optimized.
Downlink assignment is comprised of downlink immediate assignment and downlink
assignment on PACCH. Therefore, please refer to the corresponding part of Number of
Successful Downlink Assignments.

Number of Downlink Assignments on PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink assignment messages on
the PACCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The network may initiate a downlink by sending a PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT message to the mobile station on the PACCH. When the downlink
assignment message is sent, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-38, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Successful Downlink Assignments on PACCH, this
item can reflect Downlink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH, which is used to
measure the downlink assignment successful rate on PACCH during the measuring
period.

Downlink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Downlink Assignment s on PACCH
B Number of Downlink Assignment s on PACCH
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Successful Downlink Assignments on PACCH


z

Description
This measurement is used to measure the rate of downlink assignment successes on the
PACCH within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
On receipt of PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT after PACKET
DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message on PACCH, it indicates that the MS has received
downlink assignment successfully. When the network received PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message from the MS after packet downlink assignment, as
the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-40, the number of downlink assignment
successes will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Downlink Assignments on PACCH, this item can
reflect Downlink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH, which is used to measure the
downlink assignment successful rate on PACCH during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-55

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Downlink Assignment Success Rate on PACCH = A 100 %


B
A Number of Successful Downlink Assignment s on PACCH
B Number of Downlink Assignment s on PACCH
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value is lower than 70%, some problems may lie in radio environment, network
parameter configuration, network resource configuration and network equipment. They
should be optimized.
Downlink assignment is comprised of downlink immediate assignment and downlink
assignment on PACCH. Therefore, please refer to the corresponding part of Number of
Successful Downlink Assignments.

4.8.5 Paging Request Measurement


Table 4-12 lists the measurement items of the paging request measurement.
Table 4-12 Paging request measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of Packet Paging Requests Received

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Received

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent on PCH

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent on PPCH

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent on PCH

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent on PPCH

Number of Discarded Paging Messages in PPCH Queue on PCCCH

10

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent on PACCH

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Number of Packet Paging Requests Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of packet paging request messages
received by the cell within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The network may initiate the paging procedure for downlink packet transfer in order to
obtain the mobile station cell location required for the downlink packet transfer. When an
SGSN initiates the paging procedure for GPRS services, it shall send one or more
PAGING-PS PDUs to the BSS. This statistics item is used to measure the number of

4-56

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

PAGING PS that will generate a PAGING REQUEST to be sent out over the cell. When
the packet paging request message is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-41, the measured value will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-41 Packet paging requests received
PCU

SGSN

PS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of circuit paging messages received by
the cell within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
When an MSC/VLR inform SGSN to initiate a paging procedure for a circuit switched
connection establishment if Gs interface is allocated in the cell, SGSN shall send one or
more PAGING-CS PDUs to the BSS. This statistics item is used to measure the number
of PAGING CS which will generate a PAGING REQUEST to be sent out over the cell.
When the circuit paging request message is received, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-42, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-42 Circuit paging requests received


PCU

SGSN

CS PAGING REQUEST

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Effect of the Item

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-57

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

None
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of packet paging messages delivered
by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The network may initiate the paging procedure for downlink packet transfer by sending a
PS PAGING REQEUST message on the appropriate paging subchannel of CCCH, or
PCCCH if it is allocated in the cell. When the PS PAGING REQEUST message is
delivered by PCU to MS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-43, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-43 Packet paging request sent


MS

PCU

PS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of circuit paging messages delivered
by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The network may initiate the paging procedure for circuit switched connection
establishment by sending a CS PAGING REQUEST message on the appropriate paging
subchannel of CCCH or PACCH which depends whether the MS is in transfer mode or
not. If the PCCCH is allocated in the cell, a CS PAGING REQUEST message may also
be sent on the subchannel of PCCCH. When the CS PAGING REQEUST message is
delivered by PCU to MS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-44, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

4-58

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-44 Circuit paging request sent


MS

PCU

CS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent on PCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of packet paging messages delivered
on the PCH by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The paging request message is sent on paging subchannel of CCCH if PCCCH is not
allocated in the cell. When the PCU sends the PS PAGING REQUEST message on the
PCH, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-45, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Figure 4-45 Packet paging requests sent on PCH


MS

PCU

PS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-59

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Packet Paging Requests Sent on PPCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of packet paging messages delivered
on the PPCH by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
The PS PAGING REQUEST message is sent on paging subchannel of PCCCH if
PCCCH is allocated in the cell. When the PCU sends the packet paging message on the
PPCH, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-46, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Figure 4-46 Packet paging requests sent on PPCH


MS

PCU

PS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent on PCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of circuit paging requests delivered on
PCH by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
This statistics item is used to measure the number of CS paging messages delivered on
the PCH by the network. Three network operation modes (mode I, II, or III) are defined
for the network to choose to send CS paging message on which paging channel.
Only when network operation mode I is defined for the network, and GS interface exists
in the cell, but PCCCH channel has not been configured, if the MS is not in transfer
mode, the network will send a CS PAGING REQUEST message on PCH subchannel of
CCCH.
When the PCU delivers the circuit paging message on the PCH, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-47, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-60

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-47 Circuit paging requests sent on PCH


MS

PCU

CS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent on PPCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of circuit paging messages delivered
on the PPCH by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
Only when network operation mode I is defined for the network and GS interface exists
in the cell and PCCCH channel has been configured, if the MS is not in transfer mode,
the network will send a CS PAGING REQUEST message on PPCH subchannel of
PCCCH.
When the PCU delivers the circuit paging message on the PPCH, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-48, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-48 Circuit paging requests sent on PPCH


MS

PCU

CS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-61

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Discarded Paging Messages in PPCH Queue on PCCCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of paging request messages that are
discarded due to congestion within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
When the PPCH message queue on the PCCCH is full if PCCCH is allocated in the cell,
as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-49, and if there is still paging message
on the PPCH is received, the paging message will be discarded, as the measurement
point B referred in Figure 4-49, and the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-49 Number of discarded paging messages in PPCH


PCU

SGSN

PAGING REQUEST
A
B

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of this item is relatively high all the time, which indicates that the CS/PS
PAGING business in the network is quite large and so many CS/PS PAGING REQUEST
messages are discarded at PCU side, you should consider expand the network capability.

Number of Circuit Paging Requests Sent on PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of circuit paging messages delivered
on the PACCH by the network within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
Only when network operation mode I is defined for the network and GS interface exists
in the cell, if the MS is in transfer mode, the CS PAGING REQUEST message will be
sent on PACCH, while it will not be sent to other cells to page the MS. When the PCU
delivers the circuit paging message on the PACCH, as the measurement point A referred
in Figure 4-50, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-62

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-50 Circuit paging requests sent on PACCH


MS

PCU

CS PAGING REQUEST

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.6 Uplink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement


Table 4-13 lists the measurement items of the uplink TBF establishment/release measurement.
Table 4-13 Uplink TBF establishment/release measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No Response

Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms No


Response)

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No


Response)

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH

10

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel

11

Mean Number of Concurrent Uplink TBFs

12

Mean Duration Time of Uplink TBF(s)

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-63

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts


Description
This item is used to measure the total number of the uplink TBF establishment attempts
within a measurement period.
The purpose of establish an uplink TBF is to support the transfer of LLC PDUs in the
direction from the mobile station to the network, and MS will initiate uplink TBF
establishment on CCCH, PACCH, or PCCCH if present in the cell.
Measurement Point
The uplink TBF establishment attempt occurs in the following situations:
Step 1 Uplink TBF establishment using one phase access.
The mobile station initiates one phase access procedure by sending of CHANNEL REQUEST
messages on RACH. When the PCU receives the CHANNEL REQUEST message which
indicates one phase access for establishing uplink TBF from the MS, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-51, the value of this item is incremented by one.
Figure 4-51 Uplink TBF establishment attempt using one phase access
MS

NETWORK
CHANNEL REQUEST

Step 2 Uplink TBF establishment using single block.


The same procedures as for one phase access are used until the network sends a IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message including a Single Block Allocation structure or Multi Block
Allocation structure, denoting two phase access to the mobile station. In the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message, the network reserves a limited resource on one PDCH to the mobile
station where the mobile station may transmit a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message.
The mobile station initiates two phase access procedure by sending of CHANNEL REQUEST
messages on RACH.
When the PCU receives PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message for establishing uplink
TBF from the MS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-52, the value of this item
is incremented by one.

4-64

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-52 Uplink TBF establishment attempt using single block


MS

Network
CHANNEL REQUEST
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST
A

Step 3 Uplink TBF establishment during a downlink TBF.


The mobile station may request establishment of an uplink transfer during a downlink TBF by
including a Channel Request Description information element in the PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK message Initiation is triggered by a request from upper layers to transfer a LLC
PDU.
When the PCU receives the request message for establishing uplink TBF from the MS, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-53, the value of this item is incremented by one.
Figure 4-53 Uplink TBF Establishment attempt during a downlink TBF
MS

Network
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
(Channel Request Description)

Effect of the Item


Firstly, together with the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to No
Channel and Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel, this statistics item
can reflect Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate, which is used to measure the uplink TBF
establishment congestion due to no radio resource during the measuring period.
U p lin k G P R S T B F C o n g estio n R a te = A + B 1 0 0 %
C

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel


B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
Secondly, together with the item Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment, this
statistics can reflect Uplink Assignment Success Rate, which is used to measure the uplink
assignment success rate during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-65

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Uplink Assignment Success Rate = B 100 %


A

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishm ent
Thirdly, together with other 7 measurement items, this statistics item can reflect PDCH
Allocation Success Rate, which is used to measure PDCH allocation successful rate during
the measuring period.

B+D+F +H
PDCH Allocation Success Rate = 1
100%
A+C + E +G

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
D Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
E Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
F Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
G Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
H Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse

Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF establishment successes
within a measurement period.
Measurement Point
The successful uplink TBF establishment occurs in the following situations:
Step 1 Successful uplink TBF establishment using one phase access
Uplink TBF establishment will be successfully established using one phase access if uplink
data blocks on PDCH assigned received after IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent. When the
PCU receives the uplink data block from the MS after it sends immediate assignment message,
as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-54, the measured value will be incremented
by one.

4-66

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-54 Successful uplink TBF establishment using one phase access
MS

Network
CHANNEL REQUEST
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
UPLINK DATA BLOCK
A

Step 2 Successful uplink TBF establishment using single block


Uplink TBF establishment will be successfully establishmented using two phase access if
uplink data blocks on PDCH assigned received after PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT sent.
When the PCU receives the uplink data block from the MS after it sends the uplink
assignment message, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-55, the measured value
will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-55 Successful uplink TBF establishment using single block
MS

Network
RESOURCE REQUEST
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT
UPLINK DATA BLOCK
A

Step 3 Successful uplink TBF establishment on PACCH


Uplink TBF establishment will be successfully establishmented on PACCH if uplink data
blocks on PDCH assigned received after PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT sent on PACCH.
When the PCU receives the uplink data block from the MS after it sends the uplink
assignment message, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-56, the measured value
will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-67

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-56 Successful uplink TBF establishment on PACCH


MS

Network

PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT

UPLINK DATA BLOCK


A

Effect of the Item


Firstly, together with the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts, this statistics
can reflect Uplink Assignment Success Rate, which is used to measure the Uplink
assignment success rate during the measuring period.

Uplink Assignment Success Rate = B 100 %


A

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishm ent
Secondly, together with Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow
(Ms No Response) and Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow
(Ms No Response), this statistics item can reflect Uplink GPRS TBF Drop Rate, which is
used to measure the uplink TBF drop rate during the measuring period.

Uplink GRPS TBF Drop Rate = B + C 100%


A
A Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3101 Overflow
C Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3103 Overflow
Huawei Recommendation
Firstly, if the value of Uplink Assignment Successful rate is lower than 85%, some problems
may lie in radio environment, network parameter configuration, network resource
configuration and network equipment.
No channel resource or MS no response will cause uplink assignment failure. Therefore,
please see more detailed analyzation from the corresponding part of Number of Uplink TBF
Establishment Failures due to No Channeland Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures
due to Ms No Response.

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF establishment failures due to
no radio channel resource within a measurement period.

4-68

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Measurement Point
The uplink TBF establishment failures due to no channel occur in the following situations:
Step 1 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel using one phase access
When the PCU receives a CHANNEL REQUEST message and finds that the uplink TBF can
not be established because there is no more PDCH resource assigned to it or the resource
assignment falls in with exception and fail, IMMEDIATE REJECT message will be sent on
CCCH to MS to reject the access, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-57, the
number of uplink TBF establishment failures due to no channel will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-57 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel using one phase access
MS

Network

CHANNEL REQUEST

IMMEDIATE REJECT
A

Step 2 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel using single block
In two phase access procedure or when MS wants to change the current resource assignment,
PCU will receive a RESOURCE REQUEST message from MS for establishing or
re-establishing the uplink TBF.
If PCU finds that the uplink TBF can not be established because there is no more PDCH
resource assigned to it or the resource assignment falls in with exception and fail, PACKET
ACCESS REJECT message will be sent on PACCH to MS to reject the access, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-58, the number of uplink TBF establishment
failures due to no channel will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-58 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel using single block
MS

Network

RESOURCE REQUEST

PACKET ACCESS REJECT


A

Step 3 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel on PACCH

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-69

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

When the PCU receives CHANNEL REQUEST description in PACKET DOWNLINK


ACK/NACK message, and finds that the uplink TBF can not be established because there is
no more PDCH resource assigned to it or the resource assignment falls in with exception and
fail, PACKET ACCESS REJECT message will be sent on PACCH to MS to reject the access,
as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-59, the number of uplink TBF establishment
failures due to no channel will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-59 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to no channel on PACCH
MS

Network

PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK


(Channel Request Description)

PACKET ACCESS REJECT


A

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts and Number of
Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel, this statistics item can reflect Uplink
GPRS TBF Congestion Rate, which is used to measure the uplink TBF establishment
congestion due to no radio resource during the measuring period.

Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion rate is higher than 10% mainly caused by
Number of uplink TBF establishment failures due to no channel, the cell uplink traffic may
have exceeded the system capacity.
Please refer to No Packet Resources in 7.2.2 Analyzing the Congestion Rate.

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No Response


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF establishment failures due to
MS no response within a measurement period.
Measurement Point
The uplink TBF establishment failures due to MS no response occurs in the following
situations:
Step 1 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response using one phase access.

4-70

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

After sending IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT on CCCH, network begins to allocate valid USF
for scheduling the uplink block resource. N3101 will be incremented by one everytime no
data block received on corresponding frame, otherwise N3101 will be reset. The TBF will be
released by network if N3101 reachs the threshold, and as the measurement point A referred
in Figure 4-60, the Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No Response
will be incremented by one as well.
Figure 4-60 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response using one phase access
MS

Network
CHANNEL REQUEST
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
MS no response
N3101=N3101_MAX

Step 2 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response using single blocks
After sending PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT on PDCH, network begins to allocate valid
USF for scheduling the uplink block resource. N3101 will be incremented by one everytime
no data block received on corresponding frame, otherwise N3101 will be reset. The TBF will
be released by network if N3101 reachs the threshold, and as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-61 the Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No
Response will be incremented by one as well.
Figure 4-61 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response using single blocks
MS

Network
RESOURCE REQUEST
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT
MS no response....
N3101=N3101_MAX

Step 3 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response on PACCH


After sending IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT on PACCH, network begins to allocate valid
USF for scheduling the uplink block resource. N3101 will be incremented by one everytime
no data block received on corresponding frame, otherwise N3101 will be reset. The TBF will
be released by network if N3101 reachs the threshold, and as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-62, the Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No
Response will be incremented by one as well.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-71

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-62 Uplink TBF establishment failure due to MS no response on PACCH


MS

Network

PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT


MS no response....
N3101=N3101_MAX

Effect of the Item


Together with other 7 measurement items, this statistics item can reflect PDCH Allocation
Success Rate, which is used to measure PDCH allocation successful rate during the
measuring period.

B+D+F +H
PDCH Allocation Success Rate = 1
100%
A+C + E +G

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
D Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
E Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
F Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
G Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
H Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse

Huawei Recommendation
It is concluded that uplink TBF establishment failures due to MS no response mainly reflect
uplink assignment successful rate directly, which will cause uplink TBF congestion rate
effected.
Therefore, please refer to
Low Successful Assignment Rate in 7.2.2 Analyzing the Congestion Rate.

Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF normal releases within
a measurement period.

Measurement Point
When count down procedure begins and then the network receives the uplink RLC data
block with CV=0, it will send PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK with FAI=1 to initiate
uplink TBF release procedure.
When the uplink TBF is normally released, the network then will receive the PACKET
CONTROL ACKOWNLEDGEMENT from MS, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-63, the number of normal uplink releases will be incremented by one.

4-72

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-63 Uplink TBF normal release


MS

Network

PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK

FAI=1

PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms No


Response)
z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF abnormal releases due
to overflow of the uplink monitoring counter N3101 within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
Network schedule every uplink data block resource by allocating valid USF for every
MS which has been got accessed, and attach the USF information in every downlink
block. N3101 will be incremented by one everytime no uplink data block received on
corresponding frame, otherwise N3101 will be reset. The TBF will be released by
network if N3101 reachs the threshold, and as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-64, the number of uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3101 overflow will be
incremented by one as well.

Figure 4-64 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3101 overflow


MS

Network
RLC block(with USF valid)
RLC block (with USF valid)
NO RESPONSE FROM MS

N3101=N3101_MAX

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment and Number of Uplink
TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No Response), this statistics item

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-73

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

can reflect Uplink GPRS TBF Drop Rate, which is used to measure the uplink TBF
drop rate during the measuring period.

Uplink GPRS TBF Drop Rate = B + C 100%


A
A Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3101 Overflow
C Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3103 Overflow
z

Huawei Recommendation
It is concluded that uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3101 and N3103 overflow
mainly reflect uplink TBF drop rate directly.
There are two counters (N3101, N3103) monitor the uplink TBF link quality. If the
uplink TBF is abnormally released due to the abnormality of these counters, it means the
link is abnormal. If the abnormality rate of N3101 or N3103 is higher, it means maybe
the quality of the transmission link is not good.
Therefore, if the value of uplink GPRS TBF drop rate higher than 8%, please check
TBF link quality including Abis link quality, G-Abis link quality and especially radio air
interface quality.

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No


Response)
z

Measurement Point
Network initiates uplink TBF release procedure by sending a PACKET UPLINK
ACK/NACK message with FAI=1, and wait MS reply PACKET CONTROL
ACKOWNLEDGEMENT message to release the uplink TBF normally. N3103 will be
incremented by one everytime no expected message received on corresponding frame,
otherwise N3103 will be reset. The TBF will be released by network if N3103 reachs the
threshold, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure Figure 4-65, the number of
uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3103 overflow will be incremented by one as well.

Figure 4-65 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3103overflow


MS

Network
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK(FAI=1)
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK(FAI=1)
NO RESPONSE FROM MS

N3103=N3103_MAX

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment and Number of Uplink
TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms No Response), this statistics item
can reflect Uplink GPRS TBF Drop Rate, which is used to measure the uplink TBF
drop rate during the measuring period.

4-74

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Uplink GPRS TBF Drop Rate = B + C 100%


A
A Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3101 Overflow
C Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3103 Overflow
z

Huawei Recommendation
Refer to corresponding part introduction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal
Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No Response).

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF abnormal releases due
to GPRS SUSPEND initiated by the MS within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
While a circuit business request occurs with MS of Class B, no matter the MS in what
status, the network will interrupt all the packet business of this MS.
When the MS is in transfer mode with active uplink TBF, the MS will initiate suspend
procedure by sending GPRS SUSPEND message, and as a result, the network will
release the uplink TBF as response, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure
4-66, the number of uplink TBF abnormal releases due to SUSPEND will be
incremented by one.

Figure 4-66 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to SUSPEND


MS

Network
Uplink TBF Transfering
SUSPEND
A

Uplink TBF Release

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
GPRS suspend procedure belongs to MS behavior, and it also causes the uplink TBF
released abnormally, which will affect the uplink TBF drop rate indirectly.

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF abnormal releases due
to the message FLUSH LL from SGSN to PCU within a measurement period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-75

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Measurement Point
While migrate to a new cell, SGSN will initiate cell update procedure and send FLUSH
LL PDU to inform BSS. As a result, no matter the MS in what status, PCU will interrupt
all the packet business of this MS in the old cell.
When the MS is in transfer mode with active uplink TBF and the network receives
FLUSH LL PDU from SGSN, the network will release the uplink TBF, and as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-67, the Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal
Release due to FLUSH will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-67 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to FLUSH


MS

Network
Uplink TBF Transfering
FLUSH LL (SGSN)
A

Uplink TBF Release

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
GPRS suspend due to FULSH procedure belongs to MS behavior, and it also causes the
uplink TBF released abnormally, which will affect the uplink TBF drop rate indirectly.
When the MS carries out the cell reselection during the process of PS service, it will lead
to the FLUSH LL and make the uplink TBF released abnormally. In this situation, you
shall focus on the items Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH,
Number of Cell Selection by MS, Number of Cell Reselection at Short Interval by
MS, and Number of Cell Ping-pong Reselection by MS to check if MS migration
between cells takes place frequently.

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink TBF abnormal release due to
no channel.

Measurement Point
If the PDCH channel resource is seized by BSC because of high priority of circuit
business requests or the PDCH channel resource reached the max limitation, no matter
the MS in what status, PCU will fail to get the PDCH channel resource.
When the MS is in transfer mode with active uplink TBF and some PDCH channel
resource is seized that there is no resource left with the uplink TBF, the network will
release this uplink TBF, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-68, the
Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH will be incremented by one.

4-76

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-68 Uplink TBF abnormal release due to no channel


MS

Network
Uplink TBF Transfering
PDCH Unavailable
A

Uplink TBF Release

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to No
Channel and Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts, this statistics item can
reflect Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate, which is used to measure the uplink GPRS
TBF establishment congestion due to no radio resource during the measuring period.

Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion rate is higher than 10% mainly caused
by Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel, the cell uplink traffic
may have exceeded the system capacity or the CS traffic in the cell shall be high which
preempts dynamic channel resource.
Make sure whether it is due to no packet resource caused by the reset of equipment,
manual blocking of channel. Otherwise, the PS resources should be preempted by the CS
service, you can analyze it with reference to the Number of Dynamic PDCHs
Reclaimed by BSC and the traffic statistics items related to PDCH conversion. To
ensure the stability of the PS service in the cell where the CS traffic is heavy, you can
add the fixed channel to the cell. The increase of fixed channel may affect the coverage
of GPRS service, thus you shall plan it in a whole.

Mean Number of Concurrent Uplink TBFs


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of concurrent uplink TBFs have been
setted up in a certain cell. This item indicates the uplink load of the cell.

Measurement Point
Obtain the total number of uplink TBFs by measuring the number of concurrent uplink
TBFs in the cell for N times during the measuring period. The mean number of uplink
TBFs is equal to the total number of uplink TBFs divided by N.

Mean Number of Concurrent Uplink TBFs =

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Total Number of Uplink TBFs


Measuring Period 12

4-77

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The sampling period is 5 seconds.


z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Duration Time of Uplink TBF(s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean duration of uplink TBFs in a certain cell.

Measurement Point
The total duration time of uplink TBFs can be obtained by measuring the duration time
of all the uplink TBFs which were normal released during the measuring period. The
meas duration time of uplink TBFs is equal to the total duration time of uplink TBFs
divided by number of normal release uplink TBF. The PCU internal system clock is used
unit Tick for timing, and 1 second equals 100 ticks.
Mean Duration Time of Uplink TBF (s ) =

Total Duration Time of Uplink TBF (s )


Number of Uplink TBF Normal Re lease 100

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.7 Downlink TBF Establishment/Release Measurement


Table 4-14 lists the measurement items of the downlink TBF establishment/release
measurement.
Table 4-14 Downlink TBF establishment/release measurement

4-78

No.

Measurement item

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to MS No Response

Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel

10

Mean Number of Concurrent Downlink TBFs

11

Mean Duration Time of Downlink TBF(s)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts


Description
This item is used to measure the total number of the downlink TBF establishment attempts
within a measurement period.
The purpose of network initiated TBF establishment is to establish a TBF to support the
transfer of LLC PDUs in the direction from the network to the mobile station. Network
initiates downlink TBF establishment on CCCH(PCCCH) or PACCH.
Measurement Point
The downlink TBF establishment attempt occurs in the following situations:
Step 1 Establishment of Downlink TBF on CCCH.
The network initiates the packet downlink assignment procedure by sending an IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message on the CCCH timeslot corresponding to CCCH group the mobile
station belongs to. When the PCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message to
attempt to establish downlink TBF, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-69, the
value of this item is incremented by one.
Figure 4-69 Downlink TBF establishment attempt on CCCH
MS

Network

IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
(On CCCH)
A

Step 2 Establishment of Downlink TBF on PACCH.


The network may initiate a downlink TBF by sending a PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT message to the mobile station on the PACCH during uplink transfer or
release procedure of previous downlink TBF. When the PCU sends the PACKET
DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message to attempt to establish downlink TBF, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-70, the value of this item is incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-79

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-70 Establishment of Downlink TBF on PACCH


MS

Network

PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT


A

Effect of the Item


Firstly, together with the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to No
Channel and Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel, this statistics
item can reflect Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate, which is used to measure the
downlink TBF establishment congestion due to no radio resource during the measuring
period.

Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
Secondly, together with the item Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment, this
statistics can reflect Downlink Assignment Success Rate, which is used to measure the
downlink assignment success rate during the measuring period.

Downlink Assignment Success Rate = B 100 %


A

A Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishm ent
Thirdly, together with other 7 measurement items, this statistics item can reflect PDCH
Allocation Success Rate, which is used to measure PDCH allocation successful rate during
the measuring period.

B+D+F +H
PDCH Allocation Success Rate = 1
100%
A+C + E +G

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures Due to MS No Re sponse
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
D Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
E Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
F Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse

4-80

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

G Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts


H Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse

Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of TBF establishment successes within a
measurement period.
Measurement Point
The successful downlink TBF establishment occurs in the following situations:
Step 1 Successful establishment of Downlink TBF on CCCH
The downlink TBF will be establishment on CCCH by sending IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
message to MS with Starting Time value until which is timeout, network will send POLLING
message to MS for get TA value for transmission.
When corresponding PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT to POLLING message
is received by network, network will be able to calculate TA value and establish downlink
TBF successfully, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-71, the measured value
will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-71 Successful establishment of Downlink TBF on CCCH
MS

Network
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT (CCCH)
POLLING(RRBP)
PACKET Control Acknowledgement
A

Step 2 Successful establishment of Downlink TBF on PACCH


When corresponding PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT to PACKET
DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message on PACCH is received by network, network will be
able to establish downlink TBF successfully, and as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-72, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-81

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-72 Successful establishment of Downlink TBF on PACCH


MS

Network
Packet downlink assignment

PACKET Control Acknowledgement


A

Effect of the Item


Firstly, together with the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts, this
statistics can reflect Downlink Assignment Success Rate, which is used to measure the
Uplink assignment success rate during the measuring period.

Downlink Assignment Success Rate = B 100 %


A

A Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishm ent
Secondly, together with Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow,
this statistics item can reflect Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate, which is used to measure
the uplink TBF drop rate during the measuring period.

Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate = B 100%


A
A Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3105 Overflow
Huawei Recommendation
Firstly, if the value of Downlink Assignment Successful rate is lower than 70%, some
problems may lie in radio environment, network parameter configuration, network resource
configuration and network equipment.
No channel resource or MS no response will cause downlink assignment failure. Therefore,
please see more detailed analysis from the corresponding part of Number of Downlink TBF
Establishment Failures due to No Channel and Number of Downlink TBF Establishment
Failures due to MS No Response.
----End

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink TBF establishment
failures due to no radio channel resource within a measurement period.

4-82

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
z

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Measurement Point
When the PCU receives new downlink PDUs from LLC layer but finds that the downlink
TBF cannot be established due to no more channel resource, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-73, the number of downlink TBF establishment failures due to no
radio channel resource will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-73 Downlink TBF establishment failures due to no channel


PCU

SGSN
Downlink PDU
No channel
A

Discard

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts and Number
of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel, this statistics item can reflect
Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate, which is used to measure the uplink TBF
establishment congestion due to no radio resource during the measuring period.

Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion rate is higher than 10% mainly
caused by Number of downlink TBF establishment failures due to no channel, the cell
uplink traffic may have exceeded the system capacity.
Please refer to No Packet Resources in 7.2.2 Analyzing the Congestion Rate.

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to MS No Response


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink TBF establishment failures due
to MS no response within a measurement period.
Measurement Point
The downlink TBF establishment failures due to MS no response occurs in the following
situations:
Step 1 Downlink TBF establishment failure initiated on CCCH due to MS no response

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-83

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

In downlink TBF establishment procedure, network will send POLLING message and wait
the response from MS for calculating TA value, and network will re-initiate downlink
immediate assignment procedure several times if no response from MS until exceeding the
maximum times, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-74, the number of downlink
TBF establishment failures due to MS no response will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-74 Downlink TBF establishment failure initiated on CCCH due to MS no response
MS

Network
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
POLLING(RRBP)
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
POLLING(RRBP)
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
POLLING(RRBP)
MS No Response....

Step 2 Downlink TBF establishment failure initiated on PACCH due to MS no response


The network may initiate a downlink TBF by sending a PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT message to the mobile station on the PACCH during uplink transfer, release
procedure of previous downlink TBF or re-assignment downlink resource for the current
downlink TBF, and network will resend PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message
several times if no response from MS until exceeding the maximum times, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-75, the number of downlink TBF establishment
failures due to MS no response will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-75 Downlink TBF establishment failure initiated on PACCH due to MS no response
MS

Network

PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT(RRBP)

PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT(RRBP)

PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT(RRBP)

MS No Response....

4-84

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Effect of the Item


Together with other 7 measurement items, this statistics item can reflect PDCH Allocation
Success Rate, which is used to measure PDCH allocation successful rate during the
measuring period.

B+D+F +H
PDCH Allocation Success Rate = 1
100%
A+C + E +G

A Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Attempts


B Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
D Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
E Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
F Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse
G Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts
H Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to MS No Re sponse

Huawei Recommendation
It is concluded that downlink TBF establishment failures due to MS no response mainly
reflect downlink assignment successful rate directly, which will cause downlink TBF
congestion rate effected.
Therefore, please refer to Low Successful Assignment Rate in 7.2.2 Analyzing the
Congestion Rate.
----End

Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink TBF normal release
within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
Network will send the last data block with FBI=1 to initiate downlink TBF release
procedure. When network receives the final DOWNLINK ACK/NACK with FAI=1,
which indicates that MS has received all the blocks, network will release the downlink
TBF successfully, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-76, the number of
downlink TBF normal releases will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-85

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-76 Downlink TBF normal release


MS

Network

DOWNLINK DATA BLOCK FBI=1

DOWNLINK ACK/NACK FAI=1

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of TBF abnormal releases due to
overflow of the downlink monitoring counter N3105 within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
Network will send the RLC data block with RRBP periodically to wait response of
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message from MS. N3105 will be incremented by
one everytime no PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK received on the same
corresponding frame, otherwise N3105 will be reset. The TBF will be released by
network if N3105 reaches the threshold, and as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-77, the number of downlink TBF abnormal release due to N3105 overflow will
be incremented by one as well.

4-86

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-77 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to N3105 overflow


MS

Network

DOWNLINK DATA BLOCK (RRBP)

DOWNLINK DATA BLOCK (RRBP)

DOWNLINK DATA BLOCK (RRBP)


MS no response.....
A

Effect of the Item


Together with Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment, this statistics item
can reflect Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate, which is used to measure the downlink
TBF drop rate during the measuring period.

Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate = B 100%


A
A Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3105 Overflow
z

Huawei Recommendation
It is concluded that downlink TBF abnormal release due to N3101 and N3103 overflow
mainly reflect downlink TBF drop rate directly.
There is a counter (N3105) monitors the downlink TBF link quality. If the downlink TBF
is abnormally released due to the abnormality of the counter, it means the link is
abnormal. If the abnormality rate of N3105 is higher, it means maybe the quality of the
transmission link is not good.
Therefore, if the value of downlink GPRS TBF drop rate is higher than 8%, please
check TBF link quality including radio air interface quality, Abis link quality and G-Abis
link quality.

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink TBF abnormal releases
due to GPRS SUSPEND initiated by the MS within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
While a circuit business request occurs with MS of Class B, no matter the MS in what
status, the network will interrupt all the packet business of this MS.
When the MS is in transfer mode with active downlink TBF, the MS will initiate suspend
procedure by sending GPRS SUSPEND message, and as a result, the network will
release the downlink TBF as response, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure
4-78, the Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND will be
incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-87

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-78 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to SUSPEND


MS

Network

DOWNLINK TBF Transfering


SUSPEND

DOWNLINK TBF Release

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
GPRS suspend procedure belongs to MS behavior, and it also causes the downlink TBF
released abnormally, which will affect the downlink TBF drop rate indirectly.

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink TBF abnormal releases
due to FLUSH LL message from SGSN to PCU within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
While migrate to a new cell, SGSN will initiate cell update procedure and send FLUSH
LL PDU to inform BSS. As a result, no matter the MS in what status, PCU will interrupt
all the packet business of this MS in the old cell.
When the MS is in transfer mode with active downlink TBF and the network receives
FLUSH LL PDU from SGSN, the network will release the downlink TBF, and as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-79, the number of downlink TBF abnormal
releases due to FLUSH will be incremented by one.

4-88

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-79 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to FLUSH


MS

Network

DOWNLINK TBF Transfering


FLUSH LL (SGSN)

DOWNLINK TBF Release

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
GPRS suspend procedure belongs to MS behavior, and it also causes the downlink TBF
released abnormally, which will affect the downlink TBF drop rate indirectly.
When the MS carries out the cell reselection during the process of PS service, it will lead
to the FLUSH LL and make the downlink TBF released abnormally. In this situation, you
shall focus on the items Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH,
Number of Cell Selection by MS, Number of Cell Reselection at Short Interval by
MS, and Number of Cell Ping-pong Reselection by MS to check if MS migration
between cells takes place frequently.

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink TBF abnormal releases
due to no channel within a measurement period.

Measurement Point
If the PDCH channel resource is seized by BSC because of high priority of circuit
business requests or the PDCH channel resource reached the max limitation, no matter
the MS in what status, PCU will fail to get the PDCH channel resource.
When the MS is in transfer mode with active downlink TBF and some PDCH channel
resource is seized that there is no resource left with the downlink TBF, the network will
release this downlink TBF, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-80, the
number of downlink TBF abnormal releases due to no channel will be incremented by
one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-89

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-80 Downlink TBF abnormal release due to no channel


MS

Network

DOWNLINK TBF Transfering

PDCH Unavailable
A

DOWNLINK TBF Release

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to No
Channeland Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts, this statistics item can
reflect Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate, which is used to measure the downlink
TBF establishment congestion due to no radio resource during the measuring period.

Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Attempts
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion rate is higher than 10% mainly
caused by Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel, the cell
downlink traffic may have exceeded the system capacity or the CS traffic in the cell shall
be high which preempts dynamic channel resource.
Make sure whether it is due to no packet resource caused by the reset of equipment,
manual blocking of channel. Otherwise, the PS resources should be preempted by the CS
service, you can analyze it with reference to the Number of Dynamic PDCHs
Reclaimed by BSC and the traffic statistics items related to PDCH conversion. To
ensure the stability of the PS service in the cell where the CS traffic is heavy, you can
add the fixed channel to the cell. The increase of fixed channel may affect the coverage
of GPRS service, thus you shall plan it in a whole.

Mean Number of Concurrent Downlink TBFs


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of concurrent downlink TBFs have
been setted up in a certain cell. This item indicates the downlink load of the cell.

Measurement Point
Obtain the total number of downlink TBFs by measuring the number of concurrent
downlink TBFs in the cell for N times during the measuring period. The mean number of
downlink TBFs is equal to the total number of downlink TBFs divided by N.

4-90

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Mean number of Concurrent Downlink TBFs =

Total Number of Downlink TBFs


Measuring Period 12

The sampling period is 5 seconds.


z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Duration Time of Downlink TBF(s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean duration of downlink TBFs in a certain
cell.

Measurement Point
The total duration time of downlink TBFs can be obtained by measuring the duration
time of all the downlink TBFs which were normal released during the measuring period.
The mean duration time of downlink TBFs is equal to the total duration time of downlink
TBFs divided by number of normal release downlink TBF. The PCU internal system
clock is used unit Tick for timing, and 1 second equals 100 ticks.
Mean Duration time of Downlink TBF (s ) =

Total Duration Time of Downlink TBF (s )


Number of Downlink TBF Normal Re lease 100

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.8 Uplink LLC Data Transmission Measurement


Table 4-15 lists the measurement items of the uplink LLC data transmission measurement.
Table 4-15 Uplink LLC data transmission measurement
No.

Measurement item

Total Number of Uplink TBFs

Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent

Mean Length of Uplink LLC_PDUs

Mean LLC_PDU Bytes per Uplink TBF

Uplink Throughput (kbit/s)

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-91

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Total Number of Uplink TBFs


z

Description
This measurement is used to measure the total number of uplink TBFs established during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the network has established an uplink TBF successfully, the total number of uplink
TBFs will be incremented by one. Please refer to Figure 4-81, the total number of uplink
TBFs will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-81 Uplink TBF established successfully


MS

Network

Packet Uplink Assignment

Uplink RLC data block (FIRST)

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to.Measuring the TBF Traffic in 7.4.2
RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring the Traffic of

Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of uplink LLC PDUs sent during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the UPLINK LLC PDU is sent to the Gb interface, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-82, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-92

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-82 A Uplink LLC PDU sent to Gb interface


PCU

SGSN
Uplink LLC PDU

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total byte number of uplink LLC PDUs during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the UPLINK LLC PDU is sent to the Gb interface, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-82, the measured value will be incremented by the byte number of
the corresponding LLC PDU.

Effect of the Item


This item can reflect the item Uplink LLC PDU Payload, which is used to measure the
mean payload (kbit/s) of the uplink data at the LLC layer during the measuring period.

Uplink LLC PDU Payload (kbits ) =


z

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC _ PDUs Sent 8


1024

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Length of Uplink LLC_PDUs


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total byte number of uplink LLC PDUs during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Mean Length of Uplink LLC _ PDUs (bytes ) =

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC _ PDUs Sent


Total Number of Uplink LLC _ PDUs Sent

Effe
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.4.1 Measuring the Traffic of LLC Layer.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-93

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Mean LLC_PDU Bytes per Uplink TBF


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean byte number of LLC PDUs transmitted
in per uplink TBF during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
Mean LLC _ PDU Bytes per Uplink TBF (bytes ) =

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC _ PDUs Sent


Total Number of Uplink TBFs

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.4.1 Measuring the Traffic of LLC Layer.

Uplink Throughput (kbit/s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean rate (kbit/s) of the uplink data at the LLC
layer during the measuring period.

Measurement Point

Uplink Throughput (kbits / s ) =


z

Total Bytes of Uplink LLC _ PDUs Sent 8


(1024 Measuring Period 60 )

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.9 Downlink LLC Data Transmission Measurement


Table 4-16 lists the measurement items of the downlink LLC data transmission measurement.
Table 4-16 Downlink LLC data transmission measurement

4-94

No.

Measurement item

Total Number of Downlink TBFs

Total Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received

Total Bytes of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received

Total Number of LLC_PDUs Sent

Total Bytes of LLC_PDUs Sent

Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Discarded due to Time-

Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Discarded due to FLUSH_LL Received

Mean Length of Downlink LLC_PDUs

Mean LLC_PDU Bytes per Downlink TBF

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

No.

Measurement item

10

Downlink Throughput (kbit/s)

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Total Number of Downlink TBFs


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of downlink TBFs established
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the network has established a downlink TBF successfully, the total number of
downlink TBFs will be incremented by one. Please refer to Number of Successful
Downlink TBF Establishment.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 268.5.807017750 Measuring the TBF Traffic in 7.4.2 Measuring the
Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Total Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received


z

Measurement Item
Total number of downlink LLC_PDUs received

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of downlink LLC_PDUs during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the DOWNLINK LLC PDU is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-83, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-83 A Downlink LLC PDU received from Gb interface


PCU

Network

Downlink LLC PDU

Effect of the Item


None

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-95

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

None

Total Bytes of Downlink LLC_PDUs Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total bytes number of downlink LLC PDUs
received during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the DOWNLINK LLC PDU is received, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-83, the measured value will be incremented by the byte number of the
corresponding LLC PDU.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Total Number of LLC_PDUs Sent


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of LLC PDUs successfully
delivered during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When Network receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message sent by
Mobile Station, the network will get to know which LLC PDU is successfully delivered
and should be removed from the PDU queue.

Figure 4-84 Network receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message


MS

Network

PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK


A

When the LLC PDU is successfully delivered and removed from the PDU queue, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-84, the measured value will be incremented by
one.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Total Bytes of LLC_PDUs Sent


z

4-96

Description

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

This statistics item is used to measure the total byte number of LLC PDUs successfully
delivered during the measuring period.
z

Measurement Point
When network receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message sent by
Mobile Station, the network will get to know which LLC PDU is successfully delivered
and should be removed from the PDU queue.
When the LLC PDU is successfully delivered, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-84, the measured value will be incremented by the byte number of the
corresponding LLC PDU.

Effect of the Item


This item can reflect the item Downlink LLC PDU Payload, which is used to measure
the mean payload (kbit/s) of the downlink data at the LLC layer during the measuring
period.
Downlink LLC PDU Payload (kbits ) =

Total Bytes of Downlink LLC _ PDUs Sent 8


1024

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Discarded due to Time-out


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink LLC PDUs discarded due
to timeout during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When network receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message sent by
Mobile Station, the network will get to know which LLC PDU is successfully delivered
and should be removed from the PDU queue, while others which are not received
successfully should be saved in the send queue for some time.
Periodically, the network will check every PDUs lifetime which is defined by core
network and discard those PDUs whose lifetime timeout, and then send LLC
DISCARDED message to SGSN to inform the LLC PDU retransmission.
When the LLC PDU is discarded due to timeout of life cycle, as the measurement point
A referred in Figure 4-85, the number of downlink LLC PDUs discarded due to timeout
will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-85 Downlink LLC_PDUs discarded due to time-out


PCU

SGSN

LLC DISCARDED
A

Effect of the Item


None

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-97

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Huawei Recommendation
If the number of downlink LLC PDUs discarded due to timeout is relatively high, which
indicates that many PDUs havent been transmitted by PCU immediately, and
consequently retransmission will take place in Gb interface which will lead to poor
performance.
You should check Uplink/Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate and
Uplink/Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate and make further analysis.

Number of Downlink LLC_PDUs Discarded due to FLUSH_LL Received


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink LLC PDUs discarded due
to the message FLUSH LL received by PCU during the measurement.

Measurement Point
When an SGSN detects a cell change of an MS from a cell update or a routing area
update, the SGSN shall send a FLUSH-LL PDU to the old BVC to initiate the following
procedures:
at a cell change within one NSE (e.g. the BSS is a NSE) and within one routing area,
LLC-PDUs for a given TLLI stored at an "old" BVCI (corresponding to the old cell) are
either deleted or transferred to a "new" BVCI (corresponding to the new cell) with which
the TLLI is currently associated; or
at a cell change between two NSEs within one routing area, LLC PDUs for a given TLLI
stored at an old BVCI (corresponding to the old cell) are either deleted or transferred
to a new BVCI (corresponding to the new cell) with which the TLLI is currently
associated. In that case, transferring of LLC PDUs can only be requested by the SGSN if
the NSE underlying the old BVCI indicated support for the Inter-NSE re-routing; or
at a cell change between two routing areas, LLC-PDUs stored at the "old" BVCI for the
TLLI are deleted.
As a result, when the LLC PDU is discarded due to the message FLUSH LL received by
PCU, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-86, the number of LLC PDUs
discarded due to FLUSH will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-86 Downlink LLC_PDUs discarded due to FLUSH_LL received


PCU

SGSN
FLUSH LL PDU
LLC DISCARDED
A

FLUSH LL ACK PDU

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4-98

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Mean Length of Downlink LLC_PDUs


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean byte number of downlink LLC PDUs
during the measuring period. The LLC PDU size for the FTP service is relatively large,
while that for the WAP service is relatively small.

Measurement Point

Mean Length of Downlink LLC _ PDUs (bytes ) =


z

Total Bytes of Downlink LLC _ PDUs Re ceived


Total Number of Downlink LLC _ PDUs Re ceived

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean LLC_PDU Bytes per Downlink TBF


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean byte number of downlink LLC_PDUs
transmitted in per downlink TBF during the measuring period. The mean LLC_PDU
bytes per TBF of the FTP service are relatively large, while those of the WAP service are
relatively small.

Measurement Point
Mean LLC _ PDU Bytes per Downlink TBF (bytes ) =

Total Bytes of LLC _ PDUs Sent


Total Number of Downlink TBFs

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.4.1

Measuring the Traffic of LLC Layer.

Downlink Throughput (kbit/s)


z

Measurement Item
This statistics item is used to measure the mean rate (kbit/s) of the downlink data at the
LLC layer during the measuring period.

Measurement Point

Downlink Throughput (kbits / s ) =


z

Total Bytes of LLC _ PDUs Sent 8


(1024 Measuring Period 60 )

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 7.4.1

Measuring the Traffic of LLC Layer.

4.8.10 Uplink RLC Data Transmission Measurement


Table 4-17 lists the measurement items of the uplink RLC data transmission measurement.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-99

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Table 4-17 Uplink RLC data transmission measurement


No.

Measurement item

Total Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks

Mean Payload of Uplink Single TBF (kbit/s)

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-1 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-2 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-3 (%)

10

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-4 (%)

11

Number of CS Upgrades on Uplink TBF

12

Number of CS Demotions on Uplink TBF

13

Number of Uplink RLC Control Blocks

14

Mean Throughput of Uplink RLC (kbit/s)

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Total Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink RLC data blocks sent during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1, the
item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2, the item Number of Uplink RLC
Data Blocks Using CS-3, and the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4
during the measuring period as follow.
Total Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks = A + B + C + D
A Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 1
B Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 2
C Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 3
D Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 4

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-1 (%),
the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-2 (%), the item
Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-3 (%), and the item
Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-4 (%), this item can reflect

4-100

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block, which is used to measure
the ratio of retransmitted uplink RLC data blocks using CS-1~CS-4 during the measuring
period.

A+B+C+D
) 100%
E
A Re transmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 1
B Re transmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 2
C Re transmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 3
D Re transmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 4
E Total Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks
Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block (%) = (1 -

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Retransmission rate of uplink RLC data block is higher than 2%, the
quality of the transmission link of cell may be poor. Therefore, please check TBF link
quality including Abis link quality, G-Abis link quality and especially radio air interface
quality.

Mean Payload of Uplink Single TBF (kbit/s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean throughput of each uplink TBF during
the measuring period.

Measurement Point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1, the
item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2, the item Number of Uplink RLC
Data Blocks Using CS-3, and the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4
during the measuring period as follow.

Mean Throughput of Uplink Single TBF =

(A 23 +B 34 + C 40 +D 54 ) 8

A Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 1


B Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 2
C Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 3
D Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 4
E Number of Uplink TBF Establishm ent Successes

E 1024

The length of RLC blocks using code scheme with CS-1, CS-2, CS-3 and CS-4 is
respectively 23, 34, 40 and 54 octets.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 268.5.807017750 .Measuring the TBF Traffic in 7.4.2
Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring the

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC data blocks using CS-1 sent during
the measuring period.
Measurement Point

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-101

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Total number of uplink RLC data blocks using CS-1 sent by MS is measured as follow:
Step 1 If the specified uplink RLC data block is received by BSS for the first time and it has been
sent by MS for more than once, which indicates that its corresponding element in V(N) at
network side has got the value NACKED, the number of uplink RLC data block with CS-1
sent by MS will be incremented by two.
Step 2 If the specified uplink RLC data block with CS-1 is received by BSS for the first time and it
has been sent by MS only once, which indicates that its corresponding element in V(N) at
network side has got the value UNRECEIVED, the number of uplink RLC data block with
CS-1 sent by MS will be incremented by one.
Step 3 If the specified uplink RLC data block with CS-1 received by BSS has already been received,
which indicates that its corresponding element in V(N) at network side has got the value
RECEIVED, the number of uplink RLC data block with CS-1 sent by MS will be incremented
by one.
Effect of the Item
None
Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink RLC data blocks using CS-2 code scheme are involved
for measurement.

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink RLC data blocks using CS-3 code scheme are involved
for measurement.

Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink RLC data blocks using CS-4 code scheme are involved
for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-1 (%)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the retransmission rate of uplink RLC data block
using CS-1 received during the measuring period.

Measuring point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using and the
item Number of uplink RLC data blocks using CS-1 received by BSS which will be
incremented by one when an uplink RLC data block using CS-1 is received by BSS.

4-102

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

A B
Re transmissi on Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block U sin g CS 1 =
100%
A
A Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 1
B Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 1 Re ceived by BSS
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value is used to analyze the transmission quality of the uplink radio
channel. If the value of the item is out of the reference value of 0%~10%, it means that
the link for transmission in the cell is relatively bad.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-2 (%)


Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block
Using CS-1 (%), while the difference is that only uplink RLC data blocks using CS-2 code
scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-3 (%)


Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block
Using CS-1 (%), while the difference is that only uplink RLC data blocks using CS-3 code
scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-4 (%)


Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block
Using CS-1 (%), while the difference is that only uplink RLC data blocks using CS-4 code
scheme are involved for measurement.

Number of CS Upgrades on Uplink TBF


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of CS upgrades on the uplink TBF
during the measuring period. This measured value is used to analyze the transmission
quality of the uplink radio channel.

Measurement Point
Every time network changes the CS type, it will compare the current CS type with the
previous one, and get to know the CS type change is upgrade or demotions. When the CS
type used by the uplink RLC data blocks is upgraded, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-87, the Number of CS upgrades on uplink TBF will be incremented
by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-103

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-87 Uplink GPRS TBF data transfer with CS upgrades


MS

Network
UPLIINK RLC DATA BLOCK (LOWER CS TYPE)

UPLIINK RLC DATA BLOCK (HIGHER CS TYPE)


A

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
If the number of CS upgrades on uplink or downlink TBF is quite large, it indicates that
the CS code scheme is always changing because of unstable quality of Um interface,
which also causes poor performance in packet transmission.

Number of CS Demotions on Uplink TBF


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of CS demotions on the uplink TBF
during the measuring period. This measured value is used to analyze the transmission
quality of the uplink radio channel.

Measurement Point
Every time network changes the CS type, it will compare the current CS type with the
previous one, and get to know the CS type change is upgrade or demotions. When the CS
type used by the uplink RLC data blocks is demoted, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-88, the Number of CS demotions on uplink TBF will be incremented
by one.

Figure 4-88 Uplink GPRS TBF data transfer with CS demotions


MS

PCU
UL GPRS RLC DATA BLK (HIGHER CS)

UL GPRS RLC DATA BLK (LOWER CS )


A

Effect of the Item


None

4-104

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

If the number of CS upgrades on uplink or downlink TBF is quite large, it indicates that
the CS code scheme is always changing because of unstable quality of Um interface,
which also causes poor performance in packet transmission.

Number of Uplink RLC Control Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC control blocks on the uplink
TBF during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message for acknowledgement to uplink RLC
data blocks transmission is sent by network, as the measurement point A referred in
Figure 4-89, the number of uplink RLC control blocks is incremented by one.

Figure 4-89 Uplink TBF with RLC control block with PAKCET UPLINK ACK/NACK message
MS

Network
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
A

Besides, when PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message of uplink TBF


is received by network, the number of uplink RLC control blocks is incremented by one.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Throughput of Uplink RLC (kbit/s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean data transmission rate of uplink RLC
layer within the measuring period.

Measurement Point
First of all, the item Uplink RLC Payload is calculated by the item Number of Uplink
RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1, the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2,
the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3, the item Number of Uplink
RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4 during the measuring period as follow.

Uplink RLC Payload (kbits ) =

(A 23 + B 34 + C 40 + D 54) 8
1024

A Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 1


B Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 2
C Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 3
D Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 4

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-105

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The length of RLC blocks using code scheme with CS-1, CS-2, CS-3 and CS-4 is
respectively 23, 34, 40 and 54 octets.
Furthermore, this item is calculated by the item Uplink RLC Payload and the time
length of the measuring period during the measuring period as follow.

Mean Throughput of Uplink RLC(kbits/s ) =


z

Uplink RLC Payload


Measurement Period 60

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of uplink
EGPRS RLC, the item Downlink RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of downlink
RLC, the item Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of downlink
EGPRS RLC, this item can reflect the item Packet Data Rate on Air Interface
(UL/DL), which is used to measure the packet data rate between uplink and downlink
RLC payload on air interface during the measuring period.
Packet Data Rate on Air Interface =

Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload


Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to Measuring the TBF Traffic in 7.4.2
RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring the Traffic of

4.8.11 Downlink RLC Data Transmission Measurement


Table 4-18 lists the measurement items of the downlink RLC data transmission measurement.
Table 4-18 Downlink RLC data transmission measurement

4-106

No.

Measurement item

Total Number Downlink RLC Data Blocks

Mean Payload of Downlink Single TBF (kbit/s)

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3(%)

10

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4(%)

11

Number of CS Upgrades on Downlink TBF

12

Number of CS Demotions on Downlink TBF

13

Number of Downlink RLC Control Blocks

14

Number of Downlink RLC Dummy Blocks

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

No.

Measurement item

15

Mean Throughput of Downlink RLC (kbit/s)

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Total Number Downlink RLC Data Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink RLC data blocks sent
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2, the item Number of
Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3, and the item Number of Downlink RLC Data
Blocks Using CS-4 during the measuring period as follow.
Total number of
A Number of
B Number of
C Number of
D Number of

downlink RLC data blocks = A + B + C + D


downlink RLC data blocks using CS - 1
downlink RLC data blocks using CS - 2
downlink RLC data blocks using CS - 3
downlink RLC data blocks using CS - 4

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using
CS-1(%), the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using
CS-2(%),the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3(%),
and the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4(%), this
item can reflect the item Retransmitted Rate of RLC Downlink Data Block, which is
used to measure the ratio of retransmitted downlink RLC data blocks using CS-1~CS-4
during the measuring period.

A+B+C+D
) 100%
E
A Re transmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 1
B Re transmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 2
C Re transmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 3
D Re transmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks U sin g CS 4
E Total Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks
Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Block (%) = (1 -

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Retransmission rate of downlink RLC data block is higher than 15%, the
quality of the transmission link of cell may be poor. Therefore, please check TBF link
quality including Abis link quality, G-Abis link quality and especially radio air interface
quality.

Mean Payload of Downlink Single TBF (kbit/s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean throughput of each downlink TBF during
the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-107

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Measurement Point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2, the item Number of
Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3, and the item Number of Downlink RLC Data
Blocks Using CS-4 during the measuring period as follow.

Mean Throughput of Downlink Single TBF =

(A 23 +B 34 + C 40 +D 54 ) 8

A Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 1


B Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 2
C Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 3
D Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 4
E Number of Downlink TBF Establishm ent Successes

E 1024

The length of RLC blocks using code scheme with CS-1, CS-2, CS-3 and CS-4 is
respectively 23, 34, 40 and 54 octets.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 61757428.5.807017750 .Measuring the TBF Traffic in 7.4.2
Measuring the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC data blocks using CS-1 sent
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the RLC data block with CS-1 CS type is sent to MS by BSS, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-90, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-90 Downlink RLC data blocks with CS-1 CS type transmission
MS

Network
DOWNLINK RLC DATA BLOCK(CS-1)
A

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that downlink RLC data blocks using CS-2 code scheme are
involved for measurement.

4-108

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that downlink RLC data blocks using CS-3 code scheme are
involved for measurement.

Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that downlink RLC data blocks using CS-4 code scheme are
involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1(%)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the ratio of retransmitted RLC data blocks using
CS-1 during the measuring period.

Measuring point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1
and the item Number of downlink RLC data blocks using CS-1 received by MS, which
will be measured according to the bitmap information in the message PACKET
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK received by BSS, and incremented by one when the bitmap
information indicates that the block received by MS has not been measured, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-91.

Figure 4-91 Downlink RLC data blocks transmission


MS

PCU
DOWNLINK RLC DATA BLOCK(

PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK(Bitmap)


A

A B
Re transmissi on rate of RLC downlink data block u sin g CS 1 =
100%
A
A Number of downlink RLC data blocks u sin g CS 1
B Number of downlink RLC data blocks u sin g CS 1 received by BSS
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value is used to analyze the transmission quality of the downlink radio
channel. If the value of the item is out of the reference value of 0-10%, it means that the
link for transmission in the cell is relatively bad.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-109

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2(%)


Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks
Using CS-1(%), while the difference is that only downlink RLC data blocks using CS-2 code
scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3(%)


Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks
Using CS-1(%), while the difference is that only downlink RLC data blocks using CS-3 code
scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4(%)


Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks
Using CS-1(%), while the difference is that only downlink RLC data blocks using CS-4 code
scheme are involved for measurement.

Number of CS Upgrades on Downlink TBF


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of CS Upgrades on Uplink TBF, while the
only difference is that the measurement object is downlink TBF.

Number of CS Demotions on Downlink TBF


Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of CS Demotions on Uplink TBF, while the
only difference is that the measurement object is downlink TBF.

Number of Downlink RLC Control Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC control blocks on the
downlink TBF during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message for acknowledgement to downlink
RLC data blocks transmission is received by network, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-92, the number of downlink RLC control blocks is incremented by
one.

Figure 4-92 Downlink TBF with RLC control block with PAKCET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
message
MS

Network

PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK

4-110

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Besides, when PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message of downlink TBF is


received by network, the number of downlink RLC control blocks is incremented by one.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Downlink RLC Dummy Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC dummy blocks on the
downlink TBF during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When there is no downlink data transmission requirement, network will send
DOWNLINK RLC DUMMY BLOCK for a while to keep the downlink TBF active.
When downlink RLC dummy block is transmitted, as the measurement point A referred
in Figure 4-93, the number of downlink RLC dummy blocks is incremented by one.
Besides, when PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message of downlink
TBF is received by network, the number of downlink RLC control blocks is incremented
by one.

Figure 4-93 Downlink RLC dummy block transmission


MS

Network

DOWNLINK RLC DUMMY BLOCK

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Mean Throughput of Downlink RLC (kbit/s)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the mean data transmission rate of downlink RLC
layer during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
First of all, the item Downlink RLC Payload is calculated by the item Number of
Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1, the item Number of Downlink RLC Data
Blocks Using CS-2, the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3, and

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-111

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

the item Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4 during the measuring
period as follow.

Downlink RLC Payload (kbits ) =

(A 23 + B 34 + C 40 + D 54) 8
1024

A Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 1


B Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 2
C Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 3
D Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS - 4
The length of RLC blocks using code scheme with CS-1, CS-2, CS-3 and CS-4 is
respectively 23, 34, 40 and 54 octets.
Furthermore, this item is calculated by the item Downlink RLC Payload and the time
length of the measuring period during the measuring period as follow.

Mean Throughput of Downlink RLC(kbits/s ) =


z

Downlink RLC Payload


Measurement Period 60

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Uplink RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of uplink RLC, the
item Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of uplink EGPRS RLC, the
item Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of downlink EGPRS
RLC, this item can reflect the item Packet Data Rate on Air Interface (UL/DL),
which is used to measure the packet data rate between uplink and downlink RLC payload
on air interface during the measuring period.

Packet Data Rate on Air Interface =


z

Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload


Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to Measuring the TBF Traffic in 7.4.2
RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring the Traffic of

4.8.12 Cell Radio Channel Performance Measurement


Table 4-19 lists the measurement items of the cell radio channel performance measurement.
Table 4-19 Cell radio channel performance measurement

4-112

No.

Measurement item

Number of RLC Data Blocks in Use on PDCH

Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Uplink PDTCH/PACCH

Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Downlink PDTCH/PACCH

Cell Mean PDCH Bearer Rate (%)

Uplink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%)

Downlink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%)

Mean PPCH Queue Lengths

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Mean PAGCH Queue Lengths

Number of Cell Selection by MS

10

Number of Cell Reselection at Short Interval by MS

11

Number of Cell Ping-pong Reselection by MS

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Number of RLC Data Blocks in Use on PDCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC data blocks transmitted on the
uplink/downlink TBFs during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, when the PCU sends or receives the valid RLC data block,
the measured value will be incremented by one. Here send referrers to PCU sends data
block to MS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-94; while receive
referrers to PCU receive data block from MS and send it to network, as the measurement
point B referred in Figure 4-94.

Figure 4-94 RLC data blocks in use on PDCH


MS

PCU
DOWNLINK RLC DATA BLOCK

UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK


B

Effect of the Item


This statistic item can affect the item Cell Mean PDCH Bearer Rate (%), which is used
to measure the cell mean PDCH bearer rate during the measuring period. You can get
more detailed instruction from Cell Mean PDCH Bearer Rate (%).

Huawei Recommendation
If the statistical result in the defined traffic model keeps being higher than the model
value, it is recommended to make capacity expansion.

Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Uplink PDTCH/PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC data blocks received on the
uplink PDTCH/PACCH during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-113

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


z

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, when the RLC data is received on the uplink
PDTCH/PACCH from MS, as the measurement point B referred in Figure 4-94, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


This statistic item can affect the item Uplink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%),
which is used to measure the channel utilization ratio of the uplink PDTCH/PAGCCH
during the measuring period. You can get more detailed instruction from Uplink
PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%).

Huawei Recommendation

None

Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Downlink PDTCH/PACCH


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of RLC data blocks received on the
downlink PDTCH/PACCH during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, when the RLC data is sent on the downlink
PDTCH/PACCH to MS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-94, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


This statistic item can affect the item Downlink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%),
which is used to measure the channel utilization ratio of the downlink PDTCH/PAGCCH
during the measuring period. You can get more detailed instruction from Downlink
PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%).

Huawei Recommendation

None

Cell Mean PDCH Bearer Rate (%)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the cell mean PDCH bearer rate during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
When a valid block is scheduled on PDCH, the number of blocks scheduled on PDCH
will be incremented by one.
This item is calculated by the item Number of RLC Data Blocks in Use on PDCH and
the number of blocks scheduled on PDCH as follow.

Cell mean PDCH bearer rate =


z

Number of RLC data blocks in use on PDCH


100%
Number of RLC blocks scheduled on PDCH

Effect of the Item


Please refer to Measuring the PDCH Channel Utilization Rate in 7.4.2
the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring

Huawei Recommendation
If the statistical result in the defined traffic model keeps being far higher than the model
value, it is recommended to make capacity expansion.

4-114

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Uplink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the channel utilization ratio of the uplink
PDTCH/PAGCCH during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the block is scheduled on the uplink PDCH, the number of blocks scheduled on
the number of blocks scheduled on uplink PDCH will be incremented by one.
This item Uplink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate is calculated by the item Number
of RLC Data Blocks Received on Uplink PDTCH/PACCH and the number of blocks
scheduled on uplink PDCH as follow.

Uplink PDTCH/PACC H Utilization Rate =


Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Uplink PDTCH/PACC H
100 %
Number of RLC Blocks Scheduled on Uplink PDCH
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to Measuring the PDCH Channel Utilization Rate in 7.4.2
the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring

Downlink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the channel utilization ratio of the downlink
PDTCH/PAGCCH during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the block is scheduled on the downlink PDCH, the number of blocks scheduled on
the number of blocks scheduled on downlink PDCH will be incremented by one.
This item Downlink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate is calculated by the item
Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Downlink PDTCH/PACCH and the number
of blocks scheduled on downlink PDCH as follow.

Downlink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate =


Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Downlink PDTCH/PACCH
100 %
Number of RLC Blocks Scheduled on Downlink PDCH
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to Measuring the PDCH Channel Utilization Rate in 7.4.2
the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Measuring

Mean PPCH Queue Lengths


z

Description
This measurement is used to measure the mean PPCH queue lengths during the
measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Measurement Point

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-115

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Obtain the total number of PPCH queue lengths by measuring the length of PPCH queue,
which refer to the number of node in the queue, N times during the measuring period.
The mean PPCH queue length is equal to the total number of PPCH queue length divided
by N.

Mean PPCH Queue Lengths =

Total Number of PPCH Queue Lengths


Measuring Period 12

The sampling period is 5 seconds.


z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
Reference range: 0-9

Mean PAGCH Queue Lengths


z

Description
This measurement is used to measure the mean PAGCH queue lengths during the
measuring period.

Measurement Point
Obtain the total number of PAGCH queue lengths by measuring the length of PAGCH
queue, which refer to the number of node in the queue, N times during the measuring
period. The mean PAGCH queue length is equal to the total number of PAGCH queue
length divided by N.

Mean PAGCH Queue Lengths =

Total Number of PAGCH Queue Lengths


Measuring Period 12

The sampling period is 5 seconds.


z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Cell Selection by MS


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of times that the duration
between the MS switches into and out of the cell is less than the specified time.

Measurement Point
During measuring period, when a new context of one MS has been established by BSS,
the measured value will be incremented by one. Here MS context is used to record
information of MS during the traffic.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This item reflects the statistic results of MS behaviors in the certain serving cell. Please
refer to 7.4.3 Measuring the MS Behaviors.

4-116

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Cell Reselection at Short Interval by MS


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the total number of times that the duration
between the MS switches into and out of the cell is less than the specified time.

Measurement Point
Network will record the timestamp when the context of the MS has been established, and
will also record the timestamp when MS left the cell and get the difference between them
as duration time staying in the cell.
During the measuring period and in a cell, if the time is less than the specified time
whose default value is 2 seconds, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This item reflects the statistic results of MS behaviors in the certain serving cell. Please
refer to 7.4.3 Measuring the MS Behaviors.

Number of Cell Ping-pong Reselection by MS


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of time for MS who switches from cell
A to cell B and switch back to cell A in the configured time.

Measurement Point
During the measuring the period, when a MS switched from cell A to cell B and switches
back to cell A in the configured time whose default value is 2 seconds, the measured
value will be incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This item reflects the statistic results of MS behaviors in the certain serving cell. Please
refer to 7.4.3 Measuring the MS Behaviors..

4.8.13 Resource Maintenance Performance Measurement


Table 4-20 lists the measurement items of the resource maintenance performance
measurement.
Table 4-20 Resource maintenance performance measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of BSC-originated Cell Resets

Number of BSC-originated Cell Blocking

Number of BSC-originated Cell Unblocking

Number of GB-originated Cell Blocking

Number of GB-originated Cell

Number of BSC-originated Channel Blocking

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-117

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of BSC-originated Channel Unblocking

Number of BSC-originated Cell Resets


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of cell resets originated by the BSC during the
measuring period. The possible reasons for the BSC-originated cell reset include base
station reset, cell reset originated by the OM at BSC, fault recovery of LAPD link at Pb
interface, etc.

Measurement Point
When the cell reset message from the BSC is received, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-95, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-95 BSC-originated cell reset


BSC

PCU

CELL RESET

Effect of the Item


This item sums up such operation as blocking channel from BSC side, which will cause
the cell can not provide packet service until it startup again.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of BSC-originated Cell Blocking


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of the cell blocking originated by the BSC
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the cell blocking operation message from the BSC is received, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-96, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-118

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-96 BSC-originated cell blocking


BSC

PCU

RF RES BLOCK(CELL BLOCK)

Effect of the Item


This item sums up such operation as blocking channel from BSC side, which will cause
the cell can not provide packet service until such operation as unblocking cell from BSC
side executed again.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of BSC-originated Cell Unblocking


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of the cell unblocking originated by the BSC
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the cell unblocking operation message from the BSC is received, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-97, the measured value will be incremented by
one.

Figure 4-97 BSC-originated cell unblocking


BSC

PCU

RF RES UNBLOCK(CELL UNBLOCK)

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of GB-originated Cell Blocking


z

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Description

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-119

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The measured value indicates the number of cell blocking originated by the Gb during
the measuring period. The possible reasons for Gb-originated cell blocking include link
fault at Gb interface, SGSN-originated BVC PTP blocking, PCU OM-originated BVC
PTP blocking, etc.
z

Measurement Point
When the BVC BLOCK message from the Gb is received, as the measurement point A
referred in Figure 4-98, the measured value will be incremented by one.
If the message has been received for more than twice, only the first time will lead to the
result incremented.

Figure 4-98 Gb-originated cell blocking


PCU

SGSN

BVC BLOCK

Effect of the Item


This item sums up such operation as blocking channel from SGSN side, which will cause
the cell can not provide packet service until such operation as unblocking cell from
SGSN side executed again.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of GB-originated Cell Unblocking


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of cell unblocking originated by the Gb during
the measuring period. The possible reasons for Gb-originated cell unblocking include
fault recovery of link at the Gb interface, SGSN-originated BVC PTP unblocking, PCU
OM-originated BVC PTP unblocking, etc.

Measurement Point
When the BVC UNBLOCK message from the Gb is received, as the measurement point
A referred in Figure 4-99, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-120

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-99 Gb-originated cell unblocking


PCU

SGSN

BVC UNBLOCK

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of BSC-originated Channel Blocking


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of BSC-originated channel blocking in the cell
during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the BSC-originated channel blocking message is received, as the measurement
point A referred in Figure 4-100, the measured value will be incremented by one.

Figure 4-100 BSC-originated channel blocking


BSC

PCU

RF RES BLOCK(CHANNEL BLOCK)

Effect of the Item


This item sums up such operation as blocking channel from BSC side, which will cause
the channel can not be used in the cell until such operation as unblocking channel from
BSC side executed again, and consequently affect the PS capacity of the target cell.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of BSC-originated Channel Unblocking


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of BSC-originated channel unblocking in a cell
during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-121

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Measurement Point

When the BSC-originated channel unblocking message is received, as the measurement


point A referred in Figure 4-101, the measured value will be incremented by one.
Figure 4-101 BSC-originated channel unblocking
BSC

PCU

RF RES UNBLOCK(CHANNEL UNBLOCK)

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.14 PDCH Resource Performance Measurement


Table 4-21 lists the measurement items of the PDCH resource performance measurement.
Table 4-21 PDCH resource performance measurement
No.

Measurement item

Mean Number of Available PDCHs

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs

Number of Attempts at Converting TCH to PDTCH

Number of Successful Conversions from TCH to PDTCH

Number of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC

Number of Pre-empted PDCHs Carrying Packet Traffic

Mean occupied Duration of All Available PDCHs( s )

Number of PDCHs Occupied by Uplink

Number of PDCHs Occupied by Downlink TBF

10

Total Number of PDCHs

Mean Number of Available PDCHs


z

4-122

Description

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

The measured value indicates the mean number of the available PDCHs in the cell
during the measuring period. The available PDCHs here refer to the applied PDCH
whose state is normal and can be used.
z

Measurement Point
Obtain the total number of available PDCHs by measuring the available PDCHs in the
cell for N times during the measuring period. The mean number of available PDCHs is
equal to the total number of available PDCHs divided by N.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs, this item can reflect the
PDCH Occupation Rate, which is used to measure the channel utilization ratio of the
downlink PDTCH/PACCH during the measuring period.

PDCH Occupation Rate =


z

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs


100%
Mean Number of Available PDCHs

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to 61757428.5.807017750 Measuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2
Measuring the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer.

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs


z

Description
The measured value indicates the mean number of PDCHs in use in the cell during the
measuring period. The occupied PDCHs here refer to the PDCH with TBF.

Measurement Point
Obtain the total number of occupied PDCHs by measuring the occupied PDCHs in the
cell for N times during the measuring period. The mean number of occupied PDCHs is
equal to the total number of available PDCHs divided by N.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item
Mean Number of Available PDCHs, this item can reflect the PDCH Occupation Rate,
which is used to measure the channel utilization ratio of the downlink PDTCH/PACCH
during the measuring period.

PDCH Occupation Rate =


z

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs


100%
Mean Number of Available PDCHs

Huawei Recommendation
The PDCH Occupied rate can reflect the traffic volume of the cell in some manner.
Please refer to 7.5.2 Measuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic
of RLC/MAC Layer.

Number of Attempts at Converting TCH to PDTCH


z

Description
This item indicates the number of attempts at converting the TCH to the PDTCH in the
cell during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, when PDCH REQUEST message for dynamic channel
request is sent to the BSC, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-102, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-123

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-102 Attempts at converting TCH to PDTCH


BSC

PCU

PDCH REQUEST

PDCH REQUEST ACK/NACK

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Successful Conversions from TCH to PDTCH, this
measured value can be used to calculate the Dynamic PDCH Request Successful Rate.

Dynamic PDCH Request Successful Rate = B 100%


A

A - Number of Attempts at Converting TCH to PDTCH


B - Number of Successful Conversions from TCH to PDTCH
z

Huawei Recommendation
Through measuring the PDCH occupation, you can know the preemption done by the CS
service to the PS service.
Please refer toMeasuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of
RLC/MAC Layer.

Number of Successful Conversions from TCH to PDTCH


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of successful conversions from TCH to
PDTCH in the cell during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, after PDCH REQUEST message for dynamic channel
request is sent to the BSC, PCU will wait PDCH REQUEST ACK message which
indicates successful application for PDCH from BSC, as the measurement point B
referred in Figure 4-103, the measured value will be incremented by one.

4-124

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-103 Successful conversions from TCH to PDTCH


BSC

PCU

PDCH REQUEST

PDCH REQUEST ACK

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Attempts at Converting TCH to PDTCH, this
measured value can be used to calculate the Dynamic PDCH Request Successful Rate.

Dynamic PDCH Request Success Rate = B 100%


A

A - Number of Attempts at Converting TCH to PDTCH


B - Number of Successful Conversions from TCH to PDTCH
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the requests fail for times or Dynamic PDCH request successful rate lower than 80%,
the possible reason may lie in heavy BSC traffic or BSC channel state abnormity and
you may consider increase fixed PDCH to expand the packet service capacity.
Please refer toMeasuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of
RLC/MAC Layer.

Number of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of attempts at converting from PDCH to TCH
in the cell during the measuring period. This measured value can reveal the number of
attempts initiated by the circuit service to preempt the packet service and to convert
PDCH to TCH during the measuring period. This conversion can succeed under any
condition.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, when receiving TCH REQUEST message for reclaiming
dynamic channel request from the BSC, PCU will release specified PDCH passively
under any condition, and as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-104, the
measured value will be incremented by one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-125

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Figure 4-104 Dynamic PDCHs reclaimed by BSC


BSC

PCU

TCH REQUEST

TCH REQUEST ACK

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Pre-empted PDCHs Carrying Packet Traffic, this item
can reflect Pre-Empted Dynamic PDCH Carrying Packet TrafficReclaimed Success
Rate, which is used to measure the pre-empted dynamic PDCH carrying packet traffic
reclaimed success rate during the measuring period.
Pre - Empted Dynamic PDCH Carrying Packet Traffic Reclaimed Success Rate =

B
100%
A

A - Num of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC


B - Num of Pre - Empted PDCHs Carrying Packet Traffic
z

Huawei Recommendation
Through measuring the PDCH occupation, you can know the preemption done by the CS
service to the PS service.
Please refer to Measuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of
RLC/MAC Layer.

Number of Pre-empted PDCHs Carrying Packet Traffic


z

Description
The measured value indicates the number of attempts at converting from PDCH with
packet service on it to TCH in the cell during the measuring period. This measured value
can reveal the number of attempts initiated by the circuit service to preempt the packet
service and to convert PDCH (with packet service on it) to TCH during the measuring
period. This conversion can succeed under any condition.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, when receiving TCH REQUEST message for reclaiming
dynamic channel request from the BSC, PCU will release specified PDCH passively
under any condition, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-104. If there is
uplink or downlink TBF on the PDCH to be reclaimed, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Number of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC, this item can
reflect Pre-Empted Dynamic PDCH Carrying Packet Traffic Reclaimed Success
Rate, which is used to measure the pre-empted dynamic PDCH carrying packet traffic
reclaimed success rate during the measuring period.

4-126

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Pre - Empted Dynamic PDCH Carrying Packet Traffic Reclaimed Success Rate =

B
100%
A

A - Num of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC


B - Num of Pre - Empted PDCHs Carrying Packet Traffic
z

Huawei Recommendation
Please refer to Measuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of
RLC/MAC Layer.

Mean occupied Duration of All Available PDCHs( s )


z

Description
The measured value indicates the duration when all the available PDCHs are occupied.
Here, occupied PDCHs refer to the PDCHs with TBFs on it, and the available PDCH
refers to the applied PDCH with normal status and can be used.

Measurement Point
The start time is the time that the last free PDCH is occupied, and the end time is the
time that any occupied PDCH is released its last TBF.
During the measuring period, when all the available PDCHs have TBFs on them, the
time will be accumulated, while there is free PDCH or there is no PDCH in the cell, the
time will not be accumulated. The total occupied duration time will return to user.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
The PDCH Occupied rate can reflect the traffic volume of the cell in some manner.
Please refer to Measuring the PDCH Occupation in 7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of
RLC/MAC Layer.

Number of PDCHs Occupied by Uplink TBF


z

Description
The measured value indicates the mean number of PDCHs in use by uplink TBF in the
cell during the measuring period. The occupied PDCHs by uplink TBF here refer to the
PDCH with uplink TBF.

Measurement Point
Obtain the total number of PDCHs occupied by uplink TBF by measuring the number of
occupied PDCHs with uplink TBF for N times during the measuring period. The mean
number of uplink occupied PDCHs is equal to the total number of PDCHs occupied by
uplink TBF divided by N.
Number of Uplink TBF Occupied PDCHs =

Total Number of Uplink TBF Occupied PDCHs


Measuring Period 12

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Uplink RLC Payload and the item Uplink EGPRS RLC
Payload, the item Uplink RLC Data Throughput per PDCH can be calculated by
Number of uplink TBF occupied PDCHs as follows, which is used to measure the mean
uplink GPRS&EGPRS RLC data throughput per PDCH during the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-127

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Uplink RLC Data Throughput per PDCH =


Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload
Number of Uplink TBF Occupied PDCHs Measuring Period 60
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of PDCHs Occupied by Downlink TBF


z

Description
The measured value indicates the mean number of PDCHs in use by downlink TBF in
the cell during the measuring period. The occupied PDCHs by downlink TBF here refer
to the PDCH with downlink TBF.

Measurement Point
Obtain the total Number of PDCHs Occupied by uplink TBF by measuring the number
of occupied PDCHs with downlink TBF for N times during the measuring period. The
mean number of downlink occupied PDCHs is equal to the total Number of PDCHs
Occupied by uplink TBF divided by N.
Number of Downlink TBF Occupied PDCHs =

Total Number of Downlink TBF Occupied PDCHs


Measuring Period 12

Effect of the Item


Together with the item Downlink RLC Payload and the item Downlink EGPRS RLC
Payload, the item Downlink RLC Data Throughput per PDCH can be calculated by
Number of downlink TBF occupied PDCHs as follows, which is used to measure the
mean downlink GPRS&EGPRS RLC data throughput per PDCH during the measuring
period.

Downlink RLC Data Throughput per PDCH =


Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload
Number of Downlink TBF Occupied PDCHs Measuring Period 60
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

Total Number of PDCHs occupied by TBF


z

Description
The measured value indicates the accumulative total number of PDCHs in use by TBF in
the cell during the measuring period, including uplink and downlink TBF.

Measurement Point
Obtain the accumulative Total Number of PDCHs occupied by TBF by measuring the
number of occupied PDCHs by both uplink and downlink TBF for N times during the
measuring period. The total number of all TBF occupied PDCHs is equal to the
accumulative Total Number of TBF Occupied PDCHs divided by N.
Total Number of TBF Occupied PDCHs =

Accumulative Total Number of TBF Occupied PDCHs


Measuring Period 12

Effect of the Item


None

4-128

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

None

4.8.15 PDCH Extremum Value Measurement


Table 4-22 lists the measurement items of the PDCH extremum value measurement.
Table 4-22 PDCH extreum value measurement
No.

Measurement item

PDCH Extremum Value Measurement

Minimum Number of Available PDCHs

Maximum Number of Occupied PDCHs

Minimum Number of Occupied PDCHs

Maximum Number of Available PDCHs


z

Description
The measured value indicates the maximum number of available PDCHs in the cell
during the measuring period. The available PDCHs here refer to the applied PDCH
whose state is normal and can be used.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, the number of available PDCHs which can be assigned for
traffic will be fetched for times. The maximum will be kept until to the end of the
measuring period and returned to user. That means the returned value is the maximum
among all samples of this period.

Effect of the Item


The higher the maximum number is, the more channels can be used for packet service.

Huawei Recommendation
None

Minimum Number of Available PDCHs


z

Description
The measured value indicates the minimum available PDCHs number of a cell during a
measurement period. The available PDCHs here refer to the applied PDCH whose state
is normal and can be used.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, the number of available PDCHs which can be assigned for
traffic will be fetched for times. The Minimum will be kept until to the end of the
measuring period and returned to user. That means the returned value is the Minimum
among all samples of this period.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-129

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Maximum Number of Occupied PDCHs


z

Description
The measured value indicates the maximum PDCHs number occupied by subscribers in
one cell during a measurement period. The occupied PDCHs here refer to the PDCH
with TBF.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, the number of occupied PDCHs which has already been
assigned for traffic will be fetched for times. The maximum will be kept until to the end
of the measuring period and returned to user. That means the returned value is the
maximum among all samples of this period.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Minimum Number of Occupied PDCHs


z

Description
The measured value indicates the minimum PDCHs number occupied by subscribers in
one cell during a measurement period. The occupied PDCHs here refer to the PDCH
with TBF.

Measurement Point
During the measuring period, the number of occupied PDCHs which has already been
assigned for traffic will be fetched for times. The minimum will be kept until to the end
of the measuring period and returned to user. That means the returned value is the
minimum among all samples of this period.

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

4.8.16 Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release Measurement


Table 4-23 lists the measurement items of the uplink EGPRS TBF establishment/release
measurement.
Table 4-23 Uplink EGPRS TBF establishment/release measurement

4-130

No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No Response

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Normal Release

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms
No Response)

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms
No Response)

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH

10

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel

11

Mean Number of Concurrent Uplink EGPRS TBFs

12

Mean Duration Time of Uplink EGPRS TBF(s)

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.
Concerning the effect of these items, Uplink EGPRS TBF Congestion Rate and Uplink
EGPRS TBF Drop Rate can be calculated by them, and the measurement object is only
EGPRS uplink TBF, while comparably in Uplink GPRS TBF congestion rate and Uplink
GPRS TBF drop rate, the measurement object are both GPRS and EGPRS uplink TBF

Uplink EGPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C

A Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel


B Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts

Uplink EGPRS TBF Drop Rate = B + C 100 %


A
A Number of Successful Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3101 Overflow
C Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3103 Overflow
Please refer to the instruction of those items in 4.8.6 Uplink TBF Establishment/Release
Measurement.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts,
while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

Number of Successful Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Successful Uplink Assignments, while
the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-131

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due
to No Channel, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS
uplink TBF.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No Response


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due
to Ms No Response, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS
uplink TBF.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Normal Release


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release, while the
only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms
No Response)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to
N3101 Overflow (Ms No Response), while the only difference is that the measurement object
is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms
No Response)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to
N3103 Overflow (Ms No Response), while the only difference is that the measurement object
is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to
SUSPEND, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink
TBF.

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to
FLUSH, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

4-132

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to
No Channel, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink
TBF.

Mean Number of Concurrent Uplink EGPRS TBFs


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Mean Number of Concurrent Uplink TBFs, while
the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

Mean Duration Time of Uplink EGPRS TBF(s)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Mean Duration Time of Uplink TBF(s), while the
only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS uplink TBF.

4.8.17 Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment/Release


Measurement
Table 4-24 lists the measurement items of the
establishment/release measurement.

downlink EGPRS TBF

Table 4-24 Downlink EGPRS TBF establishment/release measurement


No.

Measurement item

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No


Response

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Normal Release

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel

10

Mean Number of Concurrent Downlink EGPRS TBFs

11

Mean Duration Time of Downlink EGPRS TBF(s)

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-133

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.
Concerning the effect of these items, Downlink EGPRS TBF Congestion Rate and
Downlink EGPRS TBF Drop Rate can be calculated by them, and the measurement object
is only EGPRS downlink TBF, while comparably in Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate
and Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate, the measurement object are both GPRS and EGPRS
downlink TBF

Downlink EGPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C

A Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Failures due to No Channel


B Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Re lease due to No Channel
C Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent Attempts

()

Downlink EGPRS TBF Drop Rate = B 100 %


A
A Number of Successful Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishm ent
B Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Re lease due to N 3105 Overflow
Please refer to the instruction of those items in 4.8.7 Downlink TBF Establishment/Release
Measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts,
while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink TBF.

Number of Successful Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment,
while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink TBF.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures
due to No Channel, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS
downlink TBF.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No


Response
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures
due to MS No Response, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only
EGPRS downlink TBF.

4-134

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Normal Release


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release, while
the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink TBF.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to
N3105 Overflow, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS
downlink TBF.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to
SUSPEND, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink
TBF.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to
FLUSH, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink
TBF.

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to
No Channel, while the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS
downlink TBF.

Mean Number of Concurrent Downlink EGPRS TBFs


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Mean Number of Concurrent Downlink TBFs, while
the only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink TBF.

Mean Duration Time of Downlink EGPRS TBF(s)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Mean Duration Time of Downlink TBF(s), while the
only difference is that the measurement object is only EGPRS downlink TBF.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-135

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

4.8.18 Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement


Table 4-25 lists the measurement items of the uplink EGPRS RLC data transmission
measurement.
Table 4-25 Uplink EGPRS RLC data transmission measurement
No.

Measurement item

Total Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks

Number of MCS Upgrades on Uplink EGPRS TBF

Number of MCS Demotions on Uplink EGPRS TBF

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Control Blocks

First of all, the item Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload is calculated based on the formula below:

Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload (kbits ) =

( A 22 + B 28 + C 37 + D 44 + E 56 + F 74 + G 56 + H 68 + I 74 ) 8
1024

A Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 1


B Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 2
C Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 3
D Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 4
E Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 5
F Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 6
G Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 7
H Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 8
I Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 9
Because an uplink EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-7/MCS-8/MCS-9 MCS type is
separated to 2 parts and measured as 2 blocks in our statistic measurement for more accuracy,
the length of uplink EGPRS RLC blocks using code scheme with MCS-1, MCS-2, MCS-3,
MCS-4, MCS-5, MCS-6, MCS-7, MCS-8 and MCS-9 is respectively 22, 28, 37, 44, 56, 74,
56, 68 and 74 octets.
Secondly, this item is calculated by the item Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload and the time
length of the measuring period during the measuring period as follow.

Mean Throughput of Uplink EGPRS RLC (kbits/s ) =

Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload


Measuremen t Period 60

Furthermore, together with the item Uplink RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of uplink
RLC, the item Downlink RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of downlink RLC, the item
Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of downlink EGPRS RLC, this
item can reflect the item Packet Data Rate on Air Interface (UL/DL), which is used to
measure the packet data rate between uplink and downlink RLC payload on air interface
during the measuring period.

4-136

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
Packet Data Rate on Air Interface =

4 Performance Measurement Tasks


Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload
Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Total Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
received during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
This item is calculated based on the formula below:
Total number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks = A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H + I

Where,

A Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 1


B Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 2
C Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 3
D Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 4
E Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 5
F Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 6
G Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 7
H Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 8
I Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS - 9
z

Effect of the Item


The item of Total Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks can reflect the item
Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block, which is used to measure
the ratio of retransmitted uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-1~MCS-9 during
the measuring period.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block (%)


A+ B+C+D+E+F+G+H+I
) 100%
= (1 Total Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks
A Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 1
B Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 2
C Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 3
D Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 4
E Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 5
F Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 6
G Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 7
H Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 8
I Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 9
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Retransmission rate of uplink EGPRS RLC data block is higher than 2%,
the quality of the transmission link of cell may be poor. Therefore, please check TBF link
quality including Abis link quality, G-Abis link quality and especially radio air interface
quality.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-137

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of MCS Upgrades on Uplink EGPRS TBF


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of CS Upgrades on Uplink TBF, while the
only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS code scheme are involved
for measurement.

Number of MCS Demotions on Uplink EGPRS TBF


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of CS Demotions on Uplink TBF, while the
only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS code scheme are involved
for measurement.

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Control Blocks


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Control Blocks, while the
only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC control blocks are involved for measurement.

4.8.19 Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Transmission Measurement


Table 4-26 lists the measurement items of the downlink EGPRS RLC data transmission
measurement.
Table 4-26 Downlink EGPRS RLC data transmission measurement
No.

Measurement item

Total Number Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks

Number of MCS Upgrades on Downlink EGPRS TBF

Number of MCS Demotions on Downlink EGPRS TBF

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Control Blocks

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Dummy Blocks

First of all, the item Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload is calculated based on the formula
below:

Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload (kbits ) =

( A 22 + B 28 + C 37 + D 44 + E 56 + F 74 + G 56 + H 68 + I 74 ) 8
1024

A Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 1


B Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 2
C Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 3
D Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 4
E Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 5

4-138

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

F Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 6


G Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 7
H Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 8
I Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 9
Because an downlink EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-7/MCS-8/MCS-9 MCS type is
separated to 2 parts and measured as 2 blocks in our statistic measurement for more accuracy,
the length of downlink EGPRS RLC blocks using code scheme with MCS-1, MCS-2, MCS-3,
MCS-4, MCS-5, MCS-6, MCS-7, MCS-8 and MCS-9 is respectively 22, 28, 37, 44, 56, 74,
56, 68 and 74 octets.
Secondly, this item is calculated by the item Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload and the time
length of the measuring period during the measuring period as follow.

Mean Throughput of Downlink EGPRS RLC (kbits/s ) =

Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload


Measuremen t Period 60

Furthermore, together with the item Uplink RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of uplink
RLC, the item Downlink RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of downlink RLC, the item
Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload referred in Mean rate of uplink EGPRS RLC, this item can
reflect the item Packet Data Rate on Air Interface (UL/DL), which is used to measure the
packet data rate between uplink and downlink RLC payload on air interface during the
measuring period.
Packet Data Rate on Air Interface =

Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload


Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.

Total Number Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks
sent during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
This item is calculated based on the formula below:
Total Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks = A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H + I

Where,

A Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 1


B Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 2
C Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 3
D Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 4
E Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 5
F Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS - 6
G Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Dlocks Using MCS - 7
H Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Dlocks Using MCS - 8
I Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Dlocks Using MCS - 9
z

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Effect of the Item

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-139

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

This item can reflect Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block(%),
which is used to measure the ratio of retransmitted downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-1~MCS-9 during the measuring period.
Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block (%) is calculated based on
the formula below:

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block (%)


A+ B+C+D+E+F+G +H+I
= (1 ) 100%
Total Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks

A Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 1


B Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 2
C Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 3
D Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 4
E Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 5
F Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 6
G Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 7
H Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 8
I Re transmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 9
z

Huawei Recommendation
If the value of Retransmission rate of downlink EGPRS RLC data block is higher than
15%, the quality of the transmission link of cell may be poor. Therefore, please check
TBF link quality including Abis link quality, G-Abis link quality and especially radio air
interface quality.

Number of MCS Upgrades on Downlink EGPRS TBF


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of CS Demotions on Downlink TBF, while
the only difference is that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS code scheme are
involved for measurement.

Number of MCS Demotions on Downlink EGPRS TBF


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of CS Demotions on Downlink TBF, while
the only difference is that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS code scheme are
involved for measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Control Blocks


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink RLC Control Blocks, while
the only difference is that downlink EGPRS RLC control blocks are involved for
measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Dummy Blocks


Description

4-140

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Downlink RLC Dummy Blocks, while
the only difference is that downlink EGPRS RLC dummy blocks are involved for
measurement.

4.8.20 EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement


Table 4-27 lists the measurement items of the EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP different value
measurement.
Table 4-27 EGPRS GMSK-MEAN-BEP different value measurement
No.

Measure item

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=1

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=2

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=3

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=4

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=5

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=6

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=7

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=8

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=9

10

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=10

11

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=11

12

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=12

13

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=13

14

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=14

15

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=15

16

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=16

17

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=17

18

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=18

19

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=19

20

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=20

21

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=21

22

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=22

23

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=23

24

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=24

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-141

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measure item

25

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=25

26

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=26

27

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=27

28

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=28

29

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=29

30

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=30

31

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=31

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.
The following uses the item with GMSK_MEAN_BEP=1 as an example to illustrate the
description, measuring point of it.

Times of GMSK_MEAN_BEP=1
z

Description
This item is used to measure the number of EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK messages carrying EGPRS BEP Link Quality Measurements with
GMSK_MEAN_BEP of 1 received by BSS.

Measurement Point
When the EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message is received by BSS and
the GMSK_MEAN_BEP field equals 1 if support GMSK_MEAN_BEP, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-105, the measured value will be incremented
by one.

Figure 4-105 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK with GMSK_MEAN_BEP


MS

Network

EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK


(GMSK_MEAN_BEP=1)

Effect of the Item


None

4-142

Huawei Recommendation

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Please refer the corresponding part of EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value


Measurement to get more information.

4.8.21 EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement


Table 4-28 lists the measurement items of the EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP different value
measurement.
Table 4-28 EGPRS 8PSK-MEAN-BEP different value measurement
No.

Measurement item

Times of 8PSK_MEAN_BEP=1

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=2

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=3

Times of 8MSK _MEAN_BEP=4

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=5

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=6

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=7

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=8

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=9

10

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=10

11

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=11

12

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=12

13

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=13

14

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=14

15

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=15

16

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=16

17

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=17

18

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=18

19

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=19

20

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=20

21

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=21

22

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=22

23

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=23

24

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=24

25

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=25

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-143

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

26

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=26

27

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=27

28

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=28

29

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=29

30

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=30

31

Times of 8MSK_MEAN_BEP=31

The items can be used to reveal the traffic load of the cell and thus help to create the traffic
model.
The following uses the item with 8PSK_MEAN_BEP=1 as an example to illustrate the
description, measuring point of it.

Times of 8PSK_MEAN_BEP=1
z

Description
This item is used to measure the number of EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK messages carrying EGPRS BEP Link Quality Measurements with
8PSK_MEAN_BEP of 1 received by BSS.

Measurement Point
When the EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message is received by BSS and
the 8PSK_MEAN_BEP field equals 1 if support 8PSK _MEAN_BEP, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-106, the measured value will be incremented
by one.

Figure 4-106 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK with 8PSK_MEAN_BEP


MS

Network

EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK


(8PSK_MEAN_BEP=1)

Effect of the Item


The Table 4-29 below gives examples of Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS)
selection based on the reported link quality estimates 8PSK_MEAN_BEP and
8PSK_CV_BEP. The selection is designed to maximize the link throughput. Further
optimization e.g. for the IR mode is possible. In the same manner the MCS-1 to MCS-4
can be chosen based on GMSK_MEAN_BEP and GMSK_CV_BEP.

4-144

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Table 4-29 8PSK MCS selection based on BEP reports


8PSK_CV_BEP

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-6

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-5

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

10

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS5

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

11

MCS-5

MCS-5

MCS6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-7

12

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-7

MCS-7

13

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS6

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

14

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS6

MCS-6

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

15

MCS-6

MCS-6

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

16

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

17

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

18

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

P
S
K
M
E
A
N
B
E
P

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-145

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

8PSK_CV_BEP
1

19

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

20

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

21

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS-7

22

MCS-7

MCS-7

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

23

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

24

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

25

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

26

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

27

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

28

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

MCS-8

29

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

30

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

31

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

32

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

MCS-9

It indicates that the Measurement Report from MS can reflect the quality of radio
environment which will affect the transmission performance directly.
z

Huawei Recommendation
None

4-146

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

4.8.22 Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate


Measurement
Table 4-30 lists the measurement items of the Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data
Retransmission Rate Measurement.
Table 4-30 Uplink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-1 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-2 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-3 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-4 (%)

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using
MCS-1 sent during the measuring period.
Measurement Point
For uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-1 will be received as transmission in MCS-1
radio block mode or retransmission in MCS-4 radio block mode, total number of uplink
EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-1 sent by MS is measured as follow:
Step 1 In the case that retransmitting MCS-4 data block in MCS-1 radio block mode does not occur:
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-1 code scheme
are involved for measurement.
Step 2 In the case of retransmitting MCS-4 data block in MCS-1 radio block mode:
When only part of the MCS-4 data block as well as the rear half MCS-1 radio block is
received, the number of uplink EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-1 sent by MS will be
incremented by one.
When the whole MCS-4 data block (including the whole MCS-1 radio block) is received, the
number of uplink EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-1 sent by MS will be incremented by
one.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-147

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

When the corresponding rear half MCS-1 radio block is received after the whole MCS-4 data
block is received, the number of uplink EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-1 sent by MS will
be incremented by one.
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

----End

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using
MCS-2 sent during the measuring period.
Measurement Point
For uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-2 will be received as transmission in MCS-2
radio block mode or retransmission in MCS-5 radio block mode, total number of uplink
EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-2 sent by MS is measured as follow:
Step 1 In the case that retransmitting MCS-5 data block in MCS-2 radio block mode does not occur:
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-2 code scheme
are involved for measurement.
Step 2 In the case of retransmitting MCS-5 data block in MCS-2 radio block mode:
Please refer to the corresponding part of instruction of the item
Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is that
uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-2 code scheme are involved for measurement.
Effect of the Item
None
Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3


Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using
MCS-3 sent during the measuring period.
Measurement Point
For uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-3 will be received as transmission in MCS-3
radio block mode or retransmission in MCS-6 radio block mode, total number of uplink
EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-3 sent by MS is measured as follow:

4-148

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Step 1 In the case that retransmitting MCS-6 data block in MCS-3 radio block mode does not occur:
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-3 code scheme
are involved for measurement.
Step 2 In the case of retransmitting MCS-6 data block in MCS-3 radio block mode:
Please refer to the corresponding part of instruction of the item, while the only difference is
that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-3 code scheme are involved for
measurement.
Effect of the Item
None
Huawei Recommendation
None
----End

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-4 code scheme
are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-1 (%)
z

Description:
This statistics item is used to measure the retransmission rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC
data block using MCS-1 received during the measuring period.

Measuring point:
This item is calculated by the item
Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1 and the item the number of
uplink EGPRS RLC data block using MCS-1 received by BSS" which will be
incremented by one when an uplink EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-1 is received by
BSS.
A B
Re transmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 1 =
100%
A

A Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks U sin g MCS 1


B Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks U sin g MCS 1 Re ceived by BSS
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value is used to analyze the transmission quality of the uplink radio
channel. If the value of the item is out of the reference value of 0~10%, it means that the
link for transmission in the cell is relatively bad.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-149

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-2 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-1 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-2 code scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-3 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-1 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-3 code scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-4 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-1 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-4 code scheme are involved for measurement.

4.8.23 Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate


Measurement
Table 4-31 lists the measurement items of the Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data
Retransmission Rate Measurement.
Table 4-31 Uplink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement

4-150

No.

Measurement item

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-5 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-6 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-7 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-8 (%)

10

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-9 (%)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-5 code scheme
are involved for measurement.

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-6 code scheme
are involved for measurement.

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-7 code scheme
are involved for measurement.

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-8 code scheme
are involved for measurement.

Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1,
while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-9 code scheme
are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-5 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-1 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-5 code scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-6 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-1 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-6 code scheme are involved for measurement.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-151

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-7 (%)
z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the retransmission rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC
data block using MCS-7 received during the measuring period.

Measuring point
This item is calculated by the item Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using
MCS-7 and the item Number of uplink EGPRS RLC data block using MCS-7 received
by BSS which will be incremented by two when an uplink EGPRS RLC data block with
MCS-7 (two RLC data blocks with MCS-7) is received by BSS.
A B
Re transmissi on Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 7 =
100%
A

A Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks U sin g MCS 7


B Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks U sin g MCS 7 Re ceived by BSS
z

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value is used to analyze the transmission quality of the uplink radio
channel. If the value of the item is out of the reference value of 0-10%, it means that the
link for transmission in the cell is relatively bad.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-8 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-7 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-8 code scheme are involved for measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-9 (%)
Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data
Block Using MCS-7 (%), while the only difference is that uplink EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-9 code scheme are involved for measurement.

4.8.24 Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate


Measurement
Table 4-32 lists the measurement items of the Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data
Retransmission Rate Measurement.
Table 4-32 Downlink GMSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement

4-152

No.

Measurement item

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4(%)

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the number of EGPRS RLC data blocks using
MCS-1 sent during the measuring period.

Measurement Point
When the DOWNLINK EGPRS RLC data block with MCS-1 CS type is sent to MS by
BSS, as the measurement point A referred in Figure 4-107, the measured value will be
incremented by one.

Figure 4-107 Downlink RLC data blocks with CS-1 CS type transmission
MS

Network

DOWNLINK EGPRS RLC DATA BLOCK(MCS-1)

Effect of the Item


None

Huawei Recommendation
None

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-2 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-153

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-3 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-4 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1(%)


z

Description
This statistics item is used to measure the ratio of retransmitted EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS-1 during the measuring period.

Measuring point
This item is calculated by the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1 and the item Number of
downlink EGPRS RLC data block using MCS-1 received by MS, which will be
measured according to the bitmap information in the message EGPRS PACKET
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK received by BSS, and incremented by one when the bitmap
information indicates that the block received by MS has not been measured, as the
measurement point A referred in Figure 4-108.

Figure 4-108 Downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks transmission


MS

PCU
DOWNLINK EGPRS RLC DATA BLOCK

EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK (Bitmap)

A B
Re transmissi on Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block U sin g MCS 1 =
100%
A

A Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks U sin g MCS 1

B Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks U sin g MCS 1 Re ceived by BSS
z

Effect of the Item


None

4-154

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
z

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Huawei Recommendation
This measured value is used to analyze the transmission quality of the downlink radio
channel. If the value of the item is out of the reference value of 0~10%, it means that the
link for transmission in the cell is relatively bad.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-2 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-3 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-4 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

4.8.25 Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate


Measurement
Table 4-33 lists the measurement items of the Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data
Retransmission Rate Measurement.
Table 4-33 Downlink 8PSK EGPRS RLC Data Retransmission Rate Measurement
No.

Measurement item

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6(%)

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-155

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

No.

Measurement item

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8(%)

10

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9(%)

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-5 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-6 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-7 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-8 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-9 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

4-156

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

4 Performance Measurement Tasks

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-5 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-6 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-7 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-8 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9(%)


Description
Please refer to the instruction of the item
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1, while the only difference is
that downlink EGPRS RLC data blocks using MCS-9 code scheme are involved for
measurement.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

4-157

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

5.1 Overview

This section decribesthe focus and main purpose on the


PCU traffic statistics analysis.

5.2 Preparation for the Traffic


statistics Analysis

This section decribes the Preparation for the Traffic


statistics Analysis.

5.3 Overall Idea for Traffic


Statistics Analysis

This section decribes the Overall Idea for Traffic


Statistics Analysis.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

5-1

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

5.1 Overview
This article focuses on the PCU traffic statistics analysis. The readers are assumed to be
familiar with the use of traffic statistics. The main purpose of analyzing the traffic statistics
data is to handle the faults, optimize the network, and establish the packet traffic model.

5.2 Preparation for the Traffic statistics Analysis


5.2.1 Traffic Statistics Register Items
The PCU provides complete traffic measurement items, including seven traffic statistics types
and 22 measurement types, among which, there are 16 cell-level measurement types.
Table 5-1 Traffic register items

5-2

Statistics type

Measurement type

Recommended
register time
(minutes)

Recommendation
level

CPU Performance
Measurement

CPU Performance
Measurement

60

Recommended

BSC Overall
Performance
Measurement

BSC Overall
Performance
Measurement

60

Mandatory

NS Performance
Measurement

NS Transmission
Performance
Measurement

60

Optional

BSSGP Performance
Measurement

BSSGP Performance
Measurement

60

Optional

G-Abis Interface
Performance
Measurement

TRAU Link
Measurement

60

Mandatory

Pb Interface
Performance
Measurement

LAPD Link
Measurement

60

Mandatory

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

Statistics type

Measurement type

Recommended
register time
(minutes)

Recommendation
level

Cell Performance
Measurement

Packet Access
Performance
Measurement on
CCCH

60

Optional

Packet Access
Performance
Measurement on
PCCCH

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Not necessary

Packet Access
Performance
Measurement on
PACCH

60

Optional

Rate of Successful
Packet Assignment

60

Mandatory

Paging Request
Measurement

60

Optional

Uplink TBF
Establishment/Release
Measurement

60

Mandatory

Downlink TBF
Establishment/Release
Measurement

60

Mandatory

Uplink LLC Data


Transmission
Measurement

60

Optional

Downlink LLC Data


Transmission
Measurement

60

Optional

Uplink RLC Data


Transmission
Measurement

60

Recommended

Downlink RLC Data


Transmission
Measurement

60

Recommended

Cell Radio Channel


Performance
Measurement

60

Recommended

Resource Maintenance
Performance
Measurement

60

Recommended

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

5-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

Statistics type

5-4

Measurement type

Recommended
register time
(minutes)

Recommendation
level

PDCH Resource
Performance
Measurement

60

Mandatory

PDCH Extremum
Value Measurement

60

Recommended

Uplink EGPRS TBF


Establishment/Release
Measurement

60

Mandatory

Downlink EGPRS
TBF
Establishment/Release
Measurement

60

Mandatory

Uplink EGPRS RLC


Data Transmission
Measurement

60

Recommended

Downlink EGPRS
RLC Data
Transmission
Measurement

60

Recommended

EGPRS
GMSK_MEAN_BEP
Different Value
Measurement

60

Not necessary

EGPRS
8PSK_MEAN_BEP
Different Value
Measurement

60

Not necessary

Uplink GMSK EGPRS


RLC Data
Retransmission Rate
Measurement

60

Not necessary

Uplink 8PSK EGPRS


RLC Data
Retransmission Rate
Measurement

60

Not necessary

Downlink GMSK
EGPRS RLC Data
Retransmission Rate
Measurement

60

Not necessary

Downlink 8PSK
EGPRS RLC Data
Retransmission Rate
Measurement

60

Not necessary

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

Descriptions about the above table are as follows:


z

Seven items are mandatory, which covers all the main aspects of the PCU, including
BSC overall measurement and the measurement on the Pb, G-Abis, and Um interface.

Six items are recommended, which are the detailed cell-level measurement items. These
items reflect the running state of the cell. They are used to optimize the network and
locate the fault. In the new deployed network, registering these items can further monitor
the running of the network and thus ensure the stability of the network.

Other items are of less importance. For example, although the Gb interface is an
important interface for PCU, the interface is simple and stable. Thus the abnormal traffic
is not big. Unless necessary, this interface is not the focus of the traffic analysis.

BSC overall performance measurement reflects the running state of the packet services
of the whole BSC. The BSC measurement period and the cell measurement period shall
be the same. This makes the traffic analysis easier. The measurement period is
recommended to be 60 minutes. For example, the measurement period of the busy time
traffic in the traffic model is suggested to be 60 minutes. Currently the traffic is not too
heavy, it is also ok to set the period as 120 minutes.

The register period of the cell-level traffic measurement items shall be short. It is
recommended to be 60 minutes. Because these measurement items are tightly related to
each other, all the periods are suggested to be set as 60 minutes.

NS, BSSGP and LLC transmission performance measurement in GB interface are less
important, so they are optional items.

5.2.2 Data Preparation


Before analyzing the traffic statistics, you shall know the GPRS network parameters and the
GPRS network settings, such as:
z

The PCU data configuration

The PDCH configuration of cell

The packet traffic distribution

In addition, you shall also know the GSM network structure, especially the setting of the
network parameters related to the GPRS, and the GSM CS traffic state.
When locating the faults, we need to analyze the traffic data of one or some individual
statistical period(s). But more often, the traffic data macroscopically reflects the MS
behaviors and the network running state.
For example, when we analyze the packet traffic model or optimize the network, the analysis
of the traffic data of individual statistical period is not enough. You can master the network
performance only by means of analyzing the traffic data of a long period. Therefore, we
recommend analyzing the traffic data every week, especially the traffic data of the BSCs or
cells, in which the GPRS traffic is relatively heavy.
The traffic data of PCU is unavailable for offline browsing. You can save the traffic data
as .txt file in the traffic statistics console and then open the file with Microsoft Excel or Lotus
1-2-3 to analyze it.

5.3 Overall Idea for Traffic Statistics Analysis


The principle of traffic statistics analysis is: from BSC to cell, from lower layer link to upper
layer service, from fault location to traffic model analysis.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

5-5

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

Regular traffic data analysis is very important. When the network runs abnormally or is faulty,
you can locate the fault by analyzing the alarms and the traffic data of the period near the time
when the fault occurs.
For the original traffic data, check the following items according to the checklist:
z

Whether the data is correct

Whether the data relevance is correct

Whether there is any abnormal item

If the data relevance or the data is incorrect, the traffic statistics mechanism may be faulty.
Submit this problem to the R&D department for solution.
If the traffic statistics item is abnormal, the network may run abnormally, then:
Step 1 Check the change trend of the traffic data of the last week or the all day.
Step 2 Analyze the traffic data of the BSC in the order from key items to less important items to
make sure the abnormality range.
Step 3 If the abnormality occurs in the whole BSC, analyze the problem from the aspects of BSC
hardware, transmission and network optimization.
Step 4 If the abnormality only occurs in some cells, analyze the cell traffic data to find the fault. If
necessary, analyze the cell with the help of the drive test and signaling analyzer.
----End
All the GPRS performance measurement results include GPRS performance measurement
results and EDGE performance measurement results. As a result, you can still make analysis
for performance measurement results in EDGE cells based on GPRS related measurement
results. Consequently, all the analysis instruction according to statistic measurement below is
relevant to GPRS and there is no instruction dedicated for EDGE performance measurement
results analysis.
In the early operation period of GPRS network, there is no mature traffic model for packet
service. Therefore, after eliminating the abnormality during the regular traffic data analysis, it
is important to accumulate and analyze the packet traffic model data.
The analysis shall focus on the relevance of the items, such as, congestion rate, call-drop rate
and so on.
Also, the absolute value of the traffic statistical items shall also be focused. If the absolute
value is too high or too low, analyze it according to the actual situation and experience.
In the actual operation, the analysis of PCU traffic data is always associated with the analysis
of PCU alarm, drive test data and other related BSC data.
The figure below shows the traffic statistics analysis flow:

5-6

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

5 Procedures of Traffic Statistics Analysis

Figure 5-1 Traffic statistics analysis flow


Start

Regular analysis of traffic data


Checklist
Whether the traffic
data is faulty?

Yes

Locate the fault

No
Whether the traffic
statistical item is faulty?

Faulty occurs

No

Traffic model
accumulation
and analysis

Yes
BSC overall ananlysis

No

Solve the
equipment fault

Whether the BSC


item is faulty?
Yes

Solve the
transmission
fault

Analyze the BSC traffic data

Locate the abnormal cell

optimize the
network

Analyze the cell traffic data

Analyze
transmisson link

Analyze
congestion rate

Analyze celldrop rate

End

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

5-7

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

6 BSC-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

BSC-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

6.1 Analyzing the Quality of


LAPD of Pb Interface

This section decribes the LAPD of Pb Interface Quality


analysis.

6.2 Analyzing the BSC


Overall Performance

This section decribes the BSC overall performance


analysis.

6.3 Analyzing the Data of


PDCH

This section decribes the PDCH Data analysis.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

6-1

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

6 BSC-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface


The Pb interface is the signaling interface between the PCU and the BSC. One PCU can
connect to multiple BSCs. Thus, the PCU and the BSC needs the transmission equipment to
connect to each other. Based on the LAPD traffic statistics data, you can analyze the
transmission quality of the Pb interface and the basic information of the upper layer data.
The traffic statistics data of the LAPD which needs to be analyzed are as follows:
z

Number of SABM Frames Sent

Number of UA Frames Received

Number of Information Frames Sent

Number of Information Frames Received

Bytes of Information Frames Sent

Bytes of Information Frames Received

Number of Information Frame Resend Times

Number of Downlink Message Queue Overflows

Generally, the LAPD link quality is stable. Only under some special situation, you need to
analyze the LAPD lower layer data to support the analysis of the upper layer data. The
analysis of the LAPD data focuses on the following points:
z

Analyzing the LAPD link broken


The value of the item Number of SABM frames sent shall be less than or equal to 1. If
the value of it is bigger than 10 and close to the value of the item Number of UA frames
received, it means that the LAPD is broken frequently. This fault is generally due to
the unstable transmission.
Check the transmission. If the response times of link establishment are 0 and the link
establishment attempt times are bigger, it means that the LAPD is broken in this period.

Analyzing the LAPD traffic model


The main LAPD data to be analyzed are the LAPD traffic on busy time and the ratio of
LAPD occupied transmission to free transmission.
The LAPD traffic on busy time refers to the maximum traffic data on the busy time. The
analysis items mainly include the Number of I frames received and the Bytes of I frames
sent. If the traffic is heavy, the capacity expansion is necessary.
The ratio of LAPD occupied transmission to free transmission means the ratio between
the LAPD transmission bandwidth and the LAPD theoretical bandwidth. The bigger the
ratio is, the higher the LAPD utilization rate is. If the ratio is small even on the busy time,
it means the LAPD traffic is small and the LAPD still has margin.
For example, if the Bytes of I frames received is 15,292,463 bytes, the LAPD
transmission rate is 15,292,463/3600s = 4248 Bytes/s = 34 Kbps, then the ratio of LAPD
occupied transmission to free transmission is 34kbps / 64kbps = 53%.
Generally, the ratio of LAPD occupied transmission to free transmission is less than 30%.
If the ratio is higher, it means the LAPD has heavy load. At this time, the value of the
Number of downlink message queue overflows is also big.
The heavy load of LAPD may cause the transmission delay of LAPD and the loss of high
layer message. Thus, the quality of the network is affected. If the LAPD load is heavy,
the capacity expansion is necessary.

6-2

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

6 BSC-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

6.2 Analyzing the BSC Overall Performance


The BSC overall performance analysis is to check the overall running state of the BSS. If any
data is abnormal, it means network quality is bad, and then carries out the cell-level traffic
analysis to improve the network quality. The main analysis items are congestion rate and
call-drop rate.

6.2.1 Analyzing the Network Congestion Rate


The original meaning of the network congestion rate refers to the rate that the MSs failure to
access to the network due to congestion.
In the GPRS network, the access flow of MS is different from that of the GSM voice system.
Thus the conception of the congestion rate of the two systems is different.
The congestion rate mainly means the successful immediate assignments rate. It is affected by
the following factors:
z

Data configuration

Network capacity

Channel quality

Busy degree of the PS service and CS service

The relevant traffic statistics items are as follows:


z

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment

In the GPRS system, the congestion rate is much higher than in the GSM voice system. This
is due to
z

The system does not optimize the network regarding the PS service.

Because of the uniqueness of the GPRS flow (refer to the resending times of the message
are high) the assignment failure does not quite affect the service and the resource
utilization. Thus a little bit higher congestion rate is acceptable.

The reference value of the congestion rate 10%.


If the congestion rate is too high,
Step 1 Check the cell traffic statistics data of the suspicious time to find the cell whose congestion
rate is much high and thus affects the overall performance.
Step 2 Analyze the specific cell to find the details and take corresponding measures. see 7.2.2
Analyzing the Congestion Rate
----End

6.2.2 Analyzing the Network Call-drop Rate


The relevant traffic statistics data of the network call-drop rate are as follows:
z

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

6-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

6 BSC-level Traffic Statistics Analysis


z

Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release

Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment

Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release

The reference value of the call-drop rate 8%


The current GPRS network has not realized the cell handover; the cell reselection is done by
the MS itself. If the MS reselects the cell during the transmission process, the call is sure to be
dropped. But thanks to the fact that the TBF transmission time is short (average 2 s 3 s),
although the call-drop rate of the GPRS system is higher than that of the voice system, the
service is not much affected.
Similar to the congestion rate, if the call-drop rate is too high,
Step 1 Check the cell traffic statistics data of the suspicious time to find the cell whose call-drop rate
is much high and thus affects the overall performance.
Step 2 Analyze the specific cell to find the details (generally the causes are the incorrect cell channel
status or the network optimization problem) and take corresponding measures. See 7.3.2
Analyzing Call-drop .
----End

6.3 Analyzing the Data of PDCH


The purpose of this analysis is to find whether the system is overloaded. The relevant PDCH
traffic statistics items are as follows:
z

Mean Number of Available PDCHs

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs

Reference value: Mean number of available PDCHs 100


Mean number of occupied PDCHs 80
The PDCH has two types: dynamic and static. One Pb board of PCU can support up to 120
PDCH (if upgraded to support EDGE, the maximum supported PDCH number decrease to
100). Currently, the GPRS traffic is not too heavy, most of the PCUs on the network take the
configuration of cell number more than channel number to reduce the cost. Thus, the channels
may be insufficient sometimes.
The traffic statistics data is the average value. Therefore, if the value of the item Mean
Number of Available PDCHs is more than 100, the maximum value may reach 120. This
may affect the services of some cells.
If the services of some cells are affected, check the value of the item Mean Number of
Available PDCHs.
If the value is small (for instance, 40), it means the actual traffic is not heavy, the problem
may be caused by the configuration of too many fixed channels. This configuration leads to
the low utilization rate of the channel. Reduce the fixed channel number to solve the problem.
If the value is big, it means the traffic is heavy, recommend the operator to expand the
network capacity.

6-4

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

About This Chapter


The following table lists the contents of this chapter.
Title

Description

7.1 Analyzing the Quality of the


Transmission Link of Cell

This section decribes the Transmission Link of Cell


Quality analysis.

7.2 Analyzing the Congestion

This section decribes the congestion analysis.

7.3 Analyzing the Call-drop Rate

This section decribes the call-drop rate analysis.

7.4 Analyzing Cell Traffic

This section decribes the Cell Traffic analysis.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-1

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

7.1 Analyzing the Quality of the Transmission Link of


Cell
The transmission link of cell here refers to the whole transmission link from the MS to the CN
of the GPRS, including the Um interface, the G-Abis interface, the Pb interface, and the Gb
interface.
For the analysis of the Pb interface, see 6.1 Analyzing the Quality of LAPD of Pb Interface.

7.1.1 Analyzing the Um Interface


N3101, N3103 and N3105
The three counters monitor the uplink and downlink TBF link quality. If the uplink TBF or the
downlink TBF is abnormally released due to the abnormality of these counters, it means the
link is abnormal. If the abnormality rate of N3101, N3103 or N3105 is higher, it means
maybe the quality of the transmission link is not good.
The relevant traffic statistics data of the network call-drop rate are as follows:
z

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms No Response)

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No Response)

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms No
Response)

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No
Response)

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow

The calculation formula of the abnormality rate of N3101, N3103, and N3105 are as follows:
Number of uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3101 overflow (MS no response)
10%
Number of successful uplink TBF establishment
Number of uplink TBF abnormal release due to N3103 overflow (MS no response)
N 3103 abnormality rate =
10%
Number of successful uplink TBF establishment

N 3101 abnormality rate =

N 3105 abnormality rate =

Number of downlink TBF abnormal release due to N3105 overflow


10%
Number of successful downlink TBF establishment

RLC Data Transmission Performance


The retransmission rate of RLC uplink and downlink data block, and the number of CS
upgrade and demolition also reflect the quality of the transmission link of cell. The relevant
traffic statistics items are as follows:

7-2

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-1 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-2 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-3 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink RLC Data Block Using CS-4 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2(%)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4(%)

Number of CS Upgrades on Uplink TBF

Number of CS Demotions on Uplink TBF

Number of CS Upgrades on Downlink TBF

Number of CS Demotions on Downlink TBF

If EDGE business exists, more relevant traffic statistics items as follows should be concerned
about:
z

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-1 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-2 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-3 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-4 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-5 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-6 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-7 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-8 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block Using MCS-9 (%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8(%)

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9(%)

Number of MCS Upgrades on Uplink EGPRS TBF

Number of MCS Demotions on Uplink EGPRS TBF

Number of MCS Upgrades on Downlink EGPRS TBF

Number of MCS Demotions on Downlink EGPRS TBF

Besides, EDGE MS will report measurement report to network in every EGPRS PACKET
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message to indicate current network radio quality. Therefore, you
can get more information about Um interface from relevant traffic statistics as follows:
z

EGPRS GMSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement

EGPRS 8PSK_MEAN_BEP Different Value Measurement

Number of RADIO_STATUS PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer


The relevant traffic statistics data of the network call-drop rate are as follows:
z

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Number of RADIO_STATUS PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-3

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

This item can also reflect the air interface transmission quality of the cell. When the MS is
outside the coverage of the radio, or the communication can not proceed due to the bad radio
channel quality, the PCU sends the RADIO-STATUS PDU to the SGSN.
When you find the transmission quality of the cell is abnormal, analyze the transmission
quality of:
z

the BSC that the cell belongs to

the site that the cell belongs to

the air interface of the cell

If the transmission quality of the Pb interface and the G-Abis interface is good, but the BLER
of the cell is still high, it means that the Um interface may be faulty. Check the equipment of
the cell or adjust the network parameters to improve the transmission quality of the Um
interface.

7.1.2 Analyzing the G-Abis Interface


The G-Abis interface is the interface between the PCU and the BTS, whose traffic analysis is
based on cell Analyzing the G-Abis interface is to analyze the transmission quality of the
network link layer. The main traffic statistics items are as follows:
z

Number of Normal Burst frames Received

Number of Out-of-Synchronization Frames Received

Number of Check Error Frames Received

Number of Valid TRAU Frames Sent

Number of Empty TRAU Frames Sent

The sending side does not know the quality of the link after the link synchronization. Only the
receiving side can analyze the receive data to judge the link quality.
Thus, the G-Abis traffic statistics analysis is to analyze the frame error rate of the received
data.
The out-of-synchronization frames in the received frames refer to the data frames before the
synchronization of the channel link. The synchronization process is always accompanying the
dynamic channel conversion. Thus, the rate of out-of-synchronization frame is related to
channel type, link quality and synchronization algorithm.
The check error frame is caused by the check error and calculation error of the transmission
link data after the channel synchronization. This item directly reflects the link quality. The
formula of the frame error ate is as follows: (the normal frame number shall be more than 0)

G Abis frame error rate =

received check eerror frame number


0.5 0 00
received normal frame number

Based on the data from the network, in normal condition, the frame error rate is less than
10e-5. This means each channel has one error frame every 4 minutes. The link quality is fairly
good and the MS under this condition can transmit the data stably
The frame error rate is less than 10e-4 when the transmission link quality is bad. Each channel
has 1 3 error frames every minute. Because of the burst of the transmission frame error, the
affected MSs may have the following symptoms:

7-4

Rate is lowered

Transmission delay is extended

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement
z

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Call-drop

When the frame error rate is bigger than 10e-4, the link is extremely unstable. This leads to
z
z

the out-of-synchronization rate rises


MSs can only carry out the services of small traffic volume (such as, high layer signaling,
little of WAP)

In fact, the transmission equipment is always rent (such as microwave, satellite and so on), so
mobile sponsor cant control it. Actually the 5 frame error rate is acceptable. If the frame
error rate of a cell is extremely high, the transmission may be faulty. Suggest the operator to
check the transmission to improve the network.

7.2 Analyzing the Congestion


7.2.1 Definition
The congestion analysis is to analyze the uplink and downlink TBF establishment. The
relevant traffic statistics items are as follows:
z

Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment

Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment

Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment

Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts

Number of Successful Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment

7.2.2 Analyzing the Congestion Rate


When the congestion rate is high, analyze it as follows:

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-5

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Figure 7-1 High congestion rate

No Packet Resources
z

When the MSs access to the network through the CCCH, the PCU sends the immediate
assignment rejected message to the MS if no packet resources

When the MSs access to the network through the PACCH, the PCU sends the packet
access rejected message to the MS if no packet resources.

When the MSs access to the network through the downlink of CCCH/PACCH, the PCU
does not send any message to the MS if no packet resources. The relevant traffic
statistics items are incremented by 1.

Check the two items Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel and
Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to No Channel within a statistics
period. The high congestion rate may be due to:

7-6

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Cause

Solution

Heavy PS traffic

If the cell has no fixed PDCH, configure


the cell with a fixed PDCH.
If the cell has fixed PDCH, increase the
number of dynamic PDCH.

Channel being blocked manually

Check the Log file to see whether the


channel of the cell is blocked. If yes,
unblock it.
Check the items Number of
BSC-originated channel blocking and
Number of BSC-originated channel
unblocking to see whether the BSC
blocks the PS channel. If yes, unblock it.

MS number of the PS channel in the cell is


saturated

Adjust the two fields MaxUlHighLd and


MaxDlHighLd in the Pdchpara table
to allow the cell to bear more PS traffic.

CCCH random access collision

Adjust the CCCH access threshold and the


PS access request interval on the CCCH.

Channel type and channel quantity of the


cell.

Check the Mean number of available


PDCHs, the channel configuration of the
cell, the Pdchpara table of the cell and
the actual traffic in the cell.

In the current network, one cell is configured


with a fixed channel and two dynamic
channels, or three dynamic channels.
When the MS access to the network through
the CCCH, if the concurrent cell has no fixed
channel, or the fixed channel is occupied, the
PCU applies for the dynamic channel to
BSC. Before the application succeeds, the
access request of the MS can not be met. This
also affects the congestion rate.
When implement the wide coverage, one
RPPU (Pb) boar of PCU may be configured
with more than 120 (maximum activated
PDCH number that a RPPU (Pb) board can
support if only GPRS traffic is provided) or
100 (maximum activated PDCH number that
a RPPU (Pb) board can support if EDGE
traffic is provided)

Adjust the channel configuration of the cell


and the parameters in the Pdchpara table.

Recommend the operator to reduce the


coverage of the RPPU (Pb) board and to
expand the system capacity.

When the PS traffic of the board is busy (the


occupied PDCH number exceeds 100), if the
cell is not configured with fixed channel but
just with dynamic channel, it will lead to
congestion due to channel not enough.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-7

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Cause
PDCH

Solution
out of synchronization

Check whether there are the following


alarms in the statistics period:
Whether the BTS has the PCM alarm
Whether the PCU has the link fault alarm
Whether there is the PDCH out of
synchronization alarm (this alarm is the
internal debugging alarm). If YES, check
whether the links between the PCU and the
BSC, between the BTS and the BSC are
normal.

Low Successful Assignment Rate


The traffic statistics items related to Low Successful Assignment Rate are as follows:
The main traffic statistics items are as follows:
z

Number of Uplink Immediate Assignments

Number of Successful Uplink Immediate Assignments

Number of Uplink Assignments on PACCH

Number of Successful Uplink Assignment on PACCH

Number of Downlink Immediate Assignments

Number of Successful Downlink Immediate Assignments

Number of Downlink Assignments on PACCH

Number of Successful Downlink Assignments on PACCH

Low assignment rate must lead to the high congestion rate. The items Number of Uplink
TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No Response and Number of Downlink TBF
Establishment Failures due to MS No Response is the main reason for the low assignment
rate. The high congestion rate may be due to:
z

The quality of the transmission link of the cell is bad, and the block error rate is high.
See Analysis of the cell transmission link quality for the specific analysis.
Under the bad transmission quality, the successful TBF access rate can be improved by
adjusting the GPRS network parameters.
For example, adjust the value of T3168 (it is the parameter of GPRS Cell Option. It
means the waiting time for the Packet Uplink Assignment message after the MS sends
the Packet Resource Request message).
When the transmission quality is bad, increase the value of T3168 to delay the TBF setup.
This can improve the successful access rate.
When the transmission quality is good, the value of T3168 can be properly decreased.
Thus the MS can resend the access request more quickly. This can improves the
networks response time to the TBF setup request.
Normally (2%BLER10%), the T3168 can be adjusted between 500 ms 2000 ms.
Because most MSs seldom initiates two-phase access request, adjusting the T3168 in the
common cell does not affect the successful TBF establishment rate. But in the satellite

7-8

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

cell, the PCU forces the MS to carry two-phase access, adjusting the T3168 can improve
the successful TBF establishment rate.
When adjusting the value of T3192, you shall completely analyze the PS traffic load of
the current cell and the uplink/downlink PS traffic model. You shall pay special attention
when adjusting the T3192 value in the cells whose downlink is heavily loaded.
z

Too heavy PS traffic


The heavy traffic leads to the queue congested in the network and thus the assignment
message is delayed, which further leads to the failure of TBF establishment.
You can adjust the value of g_N3101Max (N3101 is the monitoring of network on the
USF) and the value of g_N3105Max (N3105 is the monitoring of network on the
RRBP on the uplink/downlink TBF) to extend the delay time. If the heavy PS traffic lasts
for long time, suggest the operator to expand the capacity.

7.3 Analyzing the Call-drop Rate


7.3.1 Items to Be Analyzed
Analyzing the call-drop rate is to analyze the uplink and downlink TBF release. The traffic
statistics items related to the cell-level call-drop rate are as follows:
z

Number of Uplink TBF Normal Release

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101 Overflow (Ms No Response)

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103 Overflow (Ms No Response)

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH

Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel

Number of Downlink TBF Normal Release

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105 Overflow

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH

Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel

7.3.2 Analyzing Call-drop Rate


The PS call-drop rate is related to the radio quality, traffic, and even the MS behaviors.
Therefore, you shall take various factors into consideration when analyzing the call-drop rate.
Figure 7-2 below is the recommended flow to analyze the call-drop

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-9

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

Figure 7-2 PS call-drop rate

Step 1 Determine whether the high TBF call-drop rate occurs in the whole BSC or just in some sites
or some cells. If its the BSC-level TBF high call-drop rate, see BSC traffic statistics analysis
method. If it is just in some sites or some cells make sure whether it is due to the equipment
fault and the transmission fault as follows:
z

Check the BTS and PCU hardware

Check the air interface of cell, TRAU link, and Pb link.

The equipment fault and the transmission fault are always accompanied by alarms. You can
clear the fault with reference to these alarms.
Step 2 Make sure whether it is due to no packet resource caused by the reset of equipment, manual
blocking of channel. The two items Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No
Channel and Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel of a
statistics period can reflect whether the TBF call-drop is caused by the CS service preempting
the PS resources. If YES, the CS traffic in the cell shall be high, you can analyze it with
reference to the Number of dynamic PDCHs reclaimed by BSC and the traffic statistics
items related to PDCH conversion. To ensure the stability of the PS service in the cell where

7-10

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

the CS traffic is heavy, you can add the fixed channel to the cell. The increase of fixed
channel may affect the coverage of GPRS service, thus you shall plan it in a whole.
Step 3 The behavior of the MS also affects the TBF call-drop. The two items Number of Uplink
TBF Abnormal Release due to SUSPEND and Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal
Release due to SUSPEND reflects the whether the TBF call-drop is caused by the CS service
of MS preempting the PS resources of MS. If the MS updates the location area or the
updating of the location area regularly or the MS initiates the CS service at the same time with
the PS services, the value of the above two items increases
The abnormal release of TBF due to SUSPEND is not the main cause of the TBF call-drop.
When the MS carries out the cell reselection during the process of PS service, it will lead to
the FLUSH LL and make the TBF released abnormally. In this situation, you shall focus on
the items Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH and Number of
Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to FLUSH, Number of Cell Selection by MS,
Number of Cell Reselection at Short Interval by MS, and Number of Cell Ping-pong
Reselection by MS.
----End

7.4 Analyzing Cell Traffic


There is no typical traffic model for the PS service. The Huawei PCU system provides
relevant performance measurement function to accumulate the PS traffic data to help the
operator to establish the PS service model.

7.4.1 Measuring the Traffic of LLC Layer


With reference to the measurement items in the Uplink LLC Data Transmission
Measurement and Downlink LLC Data Transmission Measurement, you can obtain the
z

Mean Length of Uplink LLC_PDUs

Mean Length of Downlink LLC_PDUs

Uplink Throughput (kbit/s)

Downlink Throughput (kbit/s)

The throughput here is the throughput of a statistics period. It reflects the traffic size on the
LLC layer within the statistics period. See Appendix for the calculation formula of the
throughput.

7.4.2 Measuring the Traffic of RLC/MAC Layer


Measuring the TBF Traffic
The relevant measurement items are as follows:
z

Total Number of Uplink TBFs

Total Number of Downlink TBFs

Mean Throughput of Uplink RLC (kbit/s)

Mean Throughput of Downlink RLC (kbit/s)

Mean LLC_PDU Bytes per Uplink TBF

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-11

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis


z

Mean LLC_PDU Bytes per Downlink TBF

The throughput here is the throughput of a statistics period. It reflects the TBF traffic size
within the statistics period. See Appendix for the calculation formula of the throughput.

Measuring the PDCH Channel Utilization Rate


The channel utilization rate considers the block utilization rate on the PDCH both when the
PCU is busy and when it is idle.
Thus if the channel utilization rate is low, it may be due to that there is no PS traffic in the cell
or the PS traffic is small. The uplink/downlink PDTCH/PACCH channel utilization rate can to
some extent reflect the PS traffic size of the current cell. The relevant measurement items are
as follows:
z

Cell Mean PDCH Bearer Rate (%)

Uplink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%)

Downlink PDTCH/PACCH Utilization Rate (%)

Measuring the PDCH Occupation


Through measuring the PDCH occupation, you can know the preemption done by the CS
service to the PS service. PDCH of the cell is configured with one fixed channel and two
dynamic channels, or PDCH is configured with three dynamic channels
thus, the following two items can even better reflect the preemption done by the CS service to
the PS service: Number of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC and Number of
Successful Conversions from TCH to PDTCH.
The utilization rate of PDCH can to some extent reflect the traffic volume of the cell. The
relevant statistics times are as follows:
z

Mean Number of Available PDCHs

Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs

Mean occupied Duration of All Available PDCHs( s )

If the cell is configured with fixed channel, in normal condition (except that the cell just
starts), the value of item
Mean Number of Available PDCHs shall be equal to the fixed channel number of the cell.
Otherwise, it means that the abnormality occurs in the cell in the statistics period.
If the channels configured to the cell are all dynamic, then you can judge whether there is any
dynamic channel applied within the statistics period through the two items
Mean Number of Available PDCHs and Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs. If the values
of the two items are close to 0, it means that there is no PS traffic in the cell within the
statistics period. You can also refer to other TBF statistics items to prove this.
Based on the Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs, you can judge whether the PS traffic in
the cell is busy or idle. Then you can adjust the channel configuration according to the
judgment. The idle cell shall be configured with more dynamic channel and the busy cell shall
be configured with more fixed channel.

7-12

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

7 Cell-level Traffic Statistics Analysis

7.4.3 Measuring the MS Behaviors


Access frequency on the CCCH
The relevant statistics item is:
Mean Inter-arrival Time of Packet Access Requests on CCCH (s)

Number of MS accessing to the network.


The relevant statistics items are:
z

Number of Cell Selection by MS

Number of Cell Reselection at Short Interval by MS

Number of cell update during the data transmission


The relevant statistics item is:
Number of FLUSH_LL PDUs Received by BSSGP Sublayer

Number of SUSPEND/RESUME
The relevant statistics items are:
z

SUSPEND PDU sent by BSSGP sublayer

Number of RESUME PDUs Sent by BSSGP Sublayer

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

7-13

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS


network

Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei


BSS network
Huawei GPCU has supported saving the result of cell-related KPI automatically since
G3PCUV300R005C05 version, and as a result, you can use KPI Convert Tool to convert KPI
result files which are automatically saved in PCU system everyday, to CSV format files, and
then use KPI Analyzer Tool, which is a excel file has dedicated format, to browse all
cell-related KPI results.
GPCU KPIs in Huawei are listed in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1 GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network


Item

Definition

Expression

Resource utilization rate


Uplink
PDTCH/PA
CCH
Utilization
Rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
channel utilization ratio
of the uplink
PDTCH/PACCH during
the measuring period.

Downlink
PDTCH/PA
CCH
Utilization
Rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
channel utilization ratio
of the downlink
PDTCH/PACCH during
the measuring period.

PDCH
Occupation
Rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
PDCH channel
occupation rate during
the measuring period.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Uplink PDTCH/PACC H Utilization Rate(% ) =

A
100 %
B

A Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Uplink


PDTCH/PACCH
BNumber of RLC Blocks Scheduled on Uplink PDCH
Downlink PDTCH/PACC H Utilizatio n Rate =

A
100 %
B

A Number of RLC Data Blocks Received on Downlink


PDTCH/PACCH
B Number of RLC Blocks Scheduled on Downlink PDCH

PDCH Occupation Rate =

A
100%
B

A Mean Number of Occupied PDCHs


B Mean Number of Available PDCHs

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

8-1

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network

Item

Definition

Pre-Empted
Dynamic
PDCH
Carrying
Packet
Traffic
Reclaimed
Success
Rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
pre-empted dynamic
PDCH carrying packet
traffic reclaimed success
rate during the measuring
period.

PDCH
Allocation
Success
Rate(%)

This statistics item is


used to measure PDCH
allocation success Rate
during the measuring
period.

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Expression
Pre - Empted DynamicPDCH Carrying Packet Traffic ReclaimedSuccessRate =

A Number of Dynamic PDCHs Reclaimed by BSC

B
100%
A

B Number of Pre-empted PDCHs Carrying Packet Traffic

B+D+F +H
PDCH Allocation Success Rate = 1
100%
A+C + E +G

ANumber of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts


BNumber of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to Ms No
Response
CNumber of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts
D Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to MS
No Response
ENumber of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts
FNumber of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to
Ms No Response
GNumber of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts
HNumber of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due
to Ms No Response

Downlink
RLC Data
Throughput
Per PDCH

Uplink RLC
Data
Throughput
per PDCH

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
downlink GPRS&EGPRS
RLC data throughput per
PDCH during the
measuring period.
This statistics item is
used to measure the mean
uplink GPRS&EGPRS
RLC data throughput per
PDCH during the
measuring period.

Downlink RLC Data Throughput per PDCH =


Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload
A Measuring Period 60

ANumber of PDCHs Occupied by Downlink TBF

Uplink RLC Data Throughput per PDCH =


Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload
A Measuring Period 60
ANumber of PDCHs Occupied by Uplink TBF

Packet access performance


Mean
inter-arrival
time of
packet
access
requests on
CCCH( s )

8-2

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
inter-arrival time of
packet access requests on
the CCCH during the
measuring period.

Mean Inter Arrival Time of Packet Access Re quests on CCCH (s )


=

Measuring Period 60
A

A Number of Packet Channel Requests Received on CCCH

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Item

Definition

Uplink
assignment
success rate
(%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
uplink assignment
success rate during the
measuring period.

Downlink
assignment
success rate
(%)
Uplink
GPRS TBF
congestion
rate (%)

Downlink
GPRS TBF
congestion
rate (%)

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS


network

Expression

Uplink Assignment Success Rate = B 100 %


A
A Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts
B Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment

This statistics item is


used to measure the
downlink assignment
success rate during the
measuring period.

Downlink Assignment Success Rate = B 100 %


A
A Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts
B Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment

This statistics item is


used to measure the
uplink GPRS TBF
establishment congestion
due to no radio resource
during the measuring
period.
This statistics item is
used to measure the
downlink GPRS TBF
establishment congestion
due to no radio resource
during the measuring
period.

Uplink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Failures due to No
Channel
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to No Channel
C Number of Uplink TBF Establishment Attempts

Downlink GPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Failures due to No
Channel
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to No
Channel
C Number of Downlink TBF Establishment Attempts

Uplink
EGPRS
TBF
congestion
rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
uplink EGPRS TBF
establishment congestion
due to no radio resource
during the measuring
period.

Uplink EGPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due to
No Channel
B Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to No
Channel
C Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts

Downlink
EGPRS
TBF
congestion
rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
downlink EGPRS TBF
establishment congestion
due to no radio resource
during the measuring
period.

Downlink EGPRS TBF Congestion Rate = A + B 100 %


C
A Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Failures due
to No Channel
B Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to
No Channel
C Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment Attempts

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

8-3

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network

Item

Definition

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Expression

Packet drop rate


Uplink
GPRS TBF
drop rate
(%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
uplink GPRS TBF drop
rate during the measuring
period.

Uplink GPRS TBF Drop Rate = B + C 100%


A
A Number of Successful Uplink TBF Establishment
B Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3101
Overflow (Ms No Response)
C Number of Uplink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3103
Overflow (Ms No Response)

Downlink
GPRS TBF
drop rate
(%)

Uplink
EGPRS
TBF drop
rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
downlink GPRS TBF
drop rate during the
measuring period.

Downlink GPRS TBF Drop Rate = B 100%


A
A Number of Successful Downlink TBF Establishment
B Number of Downlink TBF Abnormal Release due to N3105
Overflow

This statistics item is


used to measure the
uplink EGPRS TBF TBF
drop rate during the
measuring period.

Uplink EGPRS TBF Drop Rate = B + C 100 %


A
A Number of Successful Uplink EGPRS TBF Establishment
B Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to
N3101 Overflow (Ms No Response)
C Number of Uplink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to
N3103 Overflow (Ms No Response)

Downlink
EGPRS
TBF drop
rate (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the
downlink EGPRS TBF
TBF drop rate during the
measuring period.

Downlink EGPRS TBF Drop Rate = B 100 %


A
A Number of Successful Downlink EGPRS TBF Establishment
B Number of Downlink EGPRS TBF Abnormal Release due to
N3105 Overflow

Transmission performance at Um interface


Retransmiss
ion rate of
uplink RLC
data block
(%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the ratio
of retransmitted RLC
uplink data blocks using
CS1~CS4 during the
measuring period.

Retransmission Rateof UplinkRLC DataBlock(%)= (1-

A+ B + C + D
) 100%
E

ANumber of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1 Received by


BSS
BNumber of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2 Received by
BSS
CNumber of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3 Received by
BSS
DNumber of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4 Received by
BSS
ETotal Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks

8-4

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS


network

Item

Definition

Expression

uplink RLC
payload( kb
its )

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
uplink GPRS data block
payload (kbits)at the RLC
layer during the
measuring period.

Uplink RLC Payload (kbits ) =

( A 23 + B 34 + C 40 + D 54 ) 8
1024

A Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1


B Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2
C Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3
D Number of Uplink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4

Retransmiss
ion rate of
downlink
RLC data
block (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the ratio
of retransmitted RLC
downlink data blocks
using CS1~CS4 during
the measuring period.

Retransmission Rateof DownlinkRLC DataBlock(%)= (1-

A+ B + C + D
) 100%
E

A Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using


CS-1(%)
B Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using
CS-2(%)
C Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using
CS-3(%)
D Retransmission Rate of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using
CS-4(%)
E Total Number Downlink RLC Data Blocks

Downlink
RLC
payload( kb
its )

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
downlink GPRS data
block payload (kbits)at
the RLC layer during the
measuring period.

Downlink RLC Payload(kbits) =

( A 23 + B 34 + C 40 + D 54) 8
1024

A Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-1


B Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-2
C Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-3
D Number of Downlink RLC Data Blocks Using CS-4

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

8-5

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Item

Definition

Expression

Retransmiss
ion rate of
uplink
EGPRS
RLC data
block (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the ratio
of retransmitted uplink
EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS1~MCS9
during the measuring
period.

Retransmission Rate of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Block


A+ B+C + D+ E + F +G + H + I
= (1 ) 100%
J
ANumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1
Received by BSS
BNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2
Received by BSS
CNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3
Received by BSS
DNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4
Received by BSS
ENumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5
Received by BSS
FNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6
Received by BSS
GNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7
Received by BSS
HNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8
Received by BSS
INumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9
Received by BSS
JTotal Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks

Uplink
EGPRS
RLC
payload( kb
its )

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
uplink EGPRS data block
payload (kbits)at the RLC
layer during the
measuring period.

Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload (kbits ) = 8


( A 22 + B 28 + C 37 + D 44 + E 56 + F 74 + G 56 + H 68 + I 74 )
1024

A
Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1
BNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2
CNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3
DNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4
E
Number of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5
FNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6
GNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7
HNumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8
INumber of Uplink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9

8-6

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS


network

Item

Definition

Expression

Retransmiss
ion rate of
downlink
EGPRS
RLC data
block (%)

This statistics item is


used to measure the ratio
of retransmitted downlink
EGPRS RLC data blocks
using MCS1~MCS9
during the measuring
period.

Retransmission Rate of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Block


= (1 -

A+ B+C + D+ E + F +G + H + I
) 100%
J

ANumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1


Received by MS
BNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2
Received by MS
CNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3
Received by MS
DNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4
Received by MS
ENumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5
Received by MS
FNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6
Received by MS
GNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7
Received by MS
HNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8
Received by MS
INumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9
Received by MS
JTotal Number Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks

Downlink
EGPRS
RLC
payload( kb
its )

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
downlink EGPRS data
block payload (kbits)at
the RLC layer during the
measuring period.

DownlinkEGPRSRLC Payload(kbits) = 8

( A 22 + B 28 + C 37 + D 44 + E 56 + F 74 + G 56 + H 68 + I 74)
1024

A
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-1
BNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-2
CNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-3
DNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-4
E
Number of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-5
FNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-6
GNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-7
HNumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-8
INumber of Downlink EGPRS RLC Data Blocks Using MCS-9

Packet data
rate on air
interface(U
L / DL)

This indicator measures


the packet data rate per
cell on air interface in the
uplink\downlink
direction.

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Packet Data Rate on Air Interface =


Uplink RLC Payload + Uplink EGPRS RLC Payload
Downlink RLC Payload + Downlink EGPRS RLC Payload

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

8-7

8 Introduction to GPCU KPIs in Huawei BSS network

Item

Definition

M900/M1800
Operation Manual - Performance Measurement

Expression

Transmission performance at GB interface


Downlink
LLC PDU
payload(kbi
ts )

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
payload (kbits) of the
downlink data at the LLC
layer during the
measuring period.

Uplink LLC
PDU
payload( kb
its )

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
payload (kbits) of the
uplink data at the LLC
layer during the
measuring period.

Mean
Downlink
NS_PDUs
throughput(
kbits/s)

This statistics item is


used to measure the mean
throughput (kbps) of the
downlink NS_PDUs in a
certain NSVC during the
measuring period.

8-8

Downlink LLC PDU Payload (kbits ) = A

8
1024

A Total Number of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent

Uplink LLC PDU Payload (kbits ) = A

8
1024

A Total Bytes of Uplink LLC_PDUs Sent

Mean Downlink NS _ PDUs Throughput (kbits / s ) =


A

8
1024 Measuring Period 60

A Total Bytes of NS PDUs Sent by NS Sublayer

Huawei Technologies Proprietary

Issue 04 (2006-09-30)

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi